لحق

1 لَحِقَهُ and لَحِقَ بِهِ and ↓ أَلْحَقَهُ He reached him; overtook him; or came up with him. (S, Msb, K.) b2: لَحِقَهُ It (grief, &c.) overtook him; or ensued to him. b3: Also, and لَحِقَ بِهِ He overtook him; came up with him. b4: لَحِقَ بِهِ He became, or made himself, on a par, or as though on a par, with him. See an ex. voce تَوَحَّشَ. b5: It became adjoined, or annexed, to it. b6: ↓ لُوحكَ It was firmly, or strongly, compacted or coherent or knit together: and its several parts were inserted one into another. (TA.) b7: لَحِقَهُ الثَّمَنُ, inf. n. لُحُوقٌ, [i. q. أَدْرَكَهُ, i. e. The payment of] the price was, or became, obligatory on him. (Msb.) b8: لَحِقَتْ قُوَّتُهُ وَسِنُّهُ: see the last sentence of art. عون. b9: لَحِقَهُ has for its inf. n. لُحُوقٌ as well as لَحَاقٌ. (TA.) 3 لَاْحَقَ see 1.4 أَلْحَقَهُ بِهِ He made him to reach, overtake, or come up with, him; (S, Msb, * K; *) or to follow him. (Msb.) He made it (a punishment) to [overtake him, or] befall him. (Msb.) He removed him to it; namely, a place; lit., caused him to reach it: see an ex. voce خَافِقٌ. b2: He affiliated him to him; announced him to be his son, because of a mutual likeness. (Msb.) b3: أَلْحَقَهُ بِهِ He classed him, as an adjunct, with him; put him on a par with him; or made him to be as though on a par with him; See two exs. voce لَاطَ, in art. ليط. b4: See 1.6 تَلَا حَقَتِ المَطَايَا The saddle-camels overtook one another. (S, K.) تَلَا حَقُوا The last of them overtook, or came up with, the first of them. (S, TA in art. درك.) لُحُوقٌ i. q. لُزُومٌ and لُصُوقٌ. (TA) لَاحِقُ الآطَالِ Lean, or lank, in the sides. (Ham. p. 496.) لَاحِقُ البَطْنِ Lank in the belly. (TA in art. رهف.) إِلْحَاقٌ The rendering a word quasi-coördinate to another word of which the radical letters are more in number than those of the former word. A letter which is added to a word for the purpose above mentioned. See أَلِفُ الإِلْحَاقِ and أَلِفُ التَّكْثِيرِ in art. ا. b2: حَرْفُ إِلْحَاقٍ A letter of adjunction, or quasi-coördination.

مُلْحَقٌ, pl. مُلْحَقَاتٌ, A word rendered quasiradically coördinate to another word of which the radical letters are more in number than those of the former word. b2: مُلْحَقٌ بِالرُّبَاعِىِّ A quasiquadriliteral-radical word. b3: See إِلْحَاقٌ.

بِرَوْذَوْنٌ مُتَلَاحِكٌ i. q. مُتَعَاوِنٌ. (TA in art. عون.)

خيل

1 خَالَ is syn. with ظَنَّ and تَوَهَّمَ: (TA:) you say, خَالَ الشَّىْءَ, (Msb, K,) first Pers\. خِلْتُ, (JK, S,) aor. ـَ (Msb, K,) first Pers\. إِخَالُ and أَخَالُ, (JK, S, Msb, K, &c.,) the former irregular, (Msb,) but the more chaste of the two, (S,) and the more used, (Msb,) of the dial. of Teiyi, but commonly used by others also, (El-Marzookee, TA,) the latter of the dial. of Benoo-Asad, accord. to rule, (S, Msb,) but of weak authority, (K,) though some assert it to be the more chaste, (TA,) inf. n. خَيْلٌ (S, Msb, K) and خَيْلَةٌ and خِيلٌ (K) and خِيلَةٌ (S, K) and خَالٌ and خَيَلَانٌ, (K, TA, [the last accord. to the CK خَيَلَالٌ,]) or, as in the T [and JK], خِيلَانٌ, (TA,) and خَيْلُولَةٌ and مَخِيلَةٌ (S, K) and مَخَالَةٌ; (K;) and خَالَ الشَّىْءَ, aor. ـِ is a dial. var. thereof; (Msb;) meaning ظَنَّةُ [He thought, or opined, the thing: and sometimes (see I' Ak p. 109) he knew the thing: but it seems to have originally signified توهّم الشىءَ, i. e. he surmised, or fancied, the thing: see خَالٌ, below]. (S, Msb, K.) This verb, being of the class of ظَنَّ, occurs with an inchoative and an enunciative; if commencing the phrase, governing them; but if in the middle or at the end, it may be made to govern or to have no government. (S.) You say, إِخَالُ زَيْدًا أَخَاكَ [and, if you will, زَيْدٌ إِخَالُ أَخُوكَ and زَيْدٌ أَخُوكَ

إِخَالُ, I think Zeyd is thy brother and Zeyd I think is thy brother and Zeyd is thy brother I think]. (JK.) Hence the prov., مَنْ يَسْمَعْ يَخَلْ, (S, TA,) i. e. He who hears the things related of men and of their vices, or faults, will think evil of them: meaning that it is most safe to keep aloof from other men: or, accord. to some, it is said on the occasion of verifying an opinion. (TA.) A2: See also 8.

A3: خال عَلَىالمَالِ, aor. ـِ see خَالَ in art. خول.

A4: خال said of a horse, (JK, K, TA,) aor. ـَ (K,) inf. n. خَالٌ, (JK, K,) He limped, or halted, or was slightly lame. (JK, K. *) 2 تَخْيِيلٌ signifies The imaging a thing in the mind, or fancying it; the forming an image, or a fancied image, thereof in the mind: (TA:) [and ↓ تَخَيُّلٌ has the same, as well as a quasipass., signification.] You say, [↓ خَيَّلْتُهُ فَتَخَيَّلَ لِى and] لِى ↓ فَتَخَيَّلَ ↓ تَخَيَّلْتُهُ [I imaged it in the mind, or fancied it, and it became imaged in the mind to me, or an object of fancy to me]; like as you say, [صَوَّرْتُهُ فَتَصَوَّرَ لِى and] تَصَوَّرْتُهُ فَتَصَوَّرَ لِى: (S:) for ↓ تَخَيُّلٌ [as inf. n. of a quasi-pass. verb] signifies a thing's being imaged in the mind, or fancied: (Er-Rághib, TA:) and الشَّىْءُ لَهُ ↓ تخيّل means تَشَبَّهَ. (K. [And the same is indicated in the Msb.]) You say also, خُيِّلَ لَهُ كَذَا [Such a thing was imaged to him in the mind; i. e. such a thing seemed to him]; from الوَهْمُ and الظَّنُّ: (Msb:) and خُيِّلَ إِلَيْهِ أَنَّهُ كَذَا (S) It was imaged to him [in the mind, i. e. it seemed to him,] that it was so; syn. شُبِّهَ; (PS;) from التَّخْيِيلُ and الوَهْمُ: (S, TA:) and لَهُ أَنَّهُ كَذَا ↓ تَخَيَّلَ signifies [in like manner it became imaged &c.; i. e.]

تَشَبَّهَ; as also ↓ تخايل: (S:) and so the first of these three verbs is used in the Kur xx. 69. (TA.) And فُلَانٌ يَمْضِى عَلَى مَا خَيَّلَتْ, (JK and S in explanation of the phrase فُلَانٌ يَمْضِى

↓ عَلَىالمُخَيَّلِ,) i. e. شَبَّهَتْ [Such a one goes on, notwithstanding what (the mind, or the case,) may image to him, or what is fancied by him, of danger of difficulty; النَّفْسُ, or الحَالُ, accord. to Z, (see Freytag's Arab. Prov. ii. 94,) being understood]; meaning, notwithstanding peril, or risk; without any certain knowledge. (S.) Whence the prov., عَلَىمَا خُيِّلَتْ وَعْثُ القَصِيمِ i. e. I will go on, notwithstanding what the soft tracts abounding in sand in which the feet sink may be imagined to be: [or the right reading is probably خَيَّلَتْ, i. e. notwithstanding what the soft tracts &c. may image to the mind, of danger or difficulty:] the ت in خيّلت relates to the word وعث, which is [regarded as] pl. of وَعْثَةٌ; and على is a connective of a suppressed verb, namely, أَمْضِى, with what follows it: the meaning is, I will assuredly venture upon the affair, notwithstanding its terribleness. (Meyd.) And اِفْعَلْ ذٰلِكَ عَلَى مَا خَيَّلَتْ, i. e. عَلَى مَا شَبَّهَتْ [Do thou that, notwithstanding what (the mind, or the case, as explained above,) may image to thee, of danger or difficulty]; (JK;) meaning, in any case. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] خيّل لِلنَّاقَةِ, and ↓ أَخْيَلَ, He put a خَيَال [q. v.] near the she-camel's young one, in order that the wolf might be scared away from him, (JK, * S, K, *) and not approach him. (JK, S.) b3: And خيّل فِيهِ الخَيْرَ He perceived, or discovered, in him an indication, or external sign, of good; as also ↓ تخيّلهُ (K, TA) and تخوّلهُ: (TA: [see also 4 in art. خول:]) or you say, عَلَيْهِ ↓ تَخَيَّلَتْ, (T, S, TA,) meaning I knew him; or knew his internal, or real, state; (تَخَبَّرْتُهُ, T, TA;) or I chose him; (اِخْتَرْتُهُ, S, TA;) and perceived, or discovered, in him an indication, or external sign, of good. (T, S, TA.) b4: And خيّل عَلَيْهِ, (S, Msb, K,) inf.n. تَخْيِيلٌ (Msb, K) and ↓ تَخَيُّلٌ, (K,) [the latter anomalous, being properly inf. n. of تَخَيَّلَ,] He conveyed doubt, or suspicion, (التُّهْمَةَ, S, K, or الوَهْمَ, Msb,) to him; so in the M, on the authority of Az; (TA;) i. q. لَبَّسَ عَلَيْهِ [he made (a thing, or case) dubious to him]. (Msb.) b5: And خيّلت عَلَيْنَا السَّمَآءُ The sky thundered and lightened [over us], and prepared to rain: but when the rain has fallen, the term ↓ تَخَيُّلٌ [so in my two copies of the S, app. used as an inf. n. of the verb in this phrase, as in a case above, or perhaps a mistranscription for تَخْيِيلٌ, though it will be seen from what follows that خيّلت and تخيّلت are both said of the sky in the same sense,] is not used: (S:) or خيّلت السَّمَآءُ signifies the sky became clouded, but did not rain; (JK, and Har p. 36;) as also ↓ اخالت and ↓ تخيّلت and ↓ خايلت: (Har ibid.:) or, as also ↓ تخيّلت (Msb, K) and ↓ اخالت, (Msb,) or ↓ أَخْيَلَت, (K,) the sky prepared to rain, (Msb, K, TA,) and thundered and lightened, but did not yet rain: (TA:) or, accord. to Az, ↓ اخالت السَّمَآءُ signifies the sky became clouded: (Msb, TA:) and السَّمَآءُ ↓ تخيّلت the sky became clouded, and prepared to rain. (S.) [In like manner,] one says also, السَّحَابُ ↓ اخالت and ↓ أَخْيَلَت and ↓ خايلت The clouds gave hope of rain: (S:) or السَّحَابَةُ ↓ اخالت the cloud showed signs of rain, so that it was thought [or expected] to rain. (Msb.) A2: خيّل also signifies, (JK, TA,) or ↓ تخيّل, (Ham p. 39,) [or each of these,] He (a man) was cowardly, or weak-hearted, on the occasion of fight, (JK, TA, and Ham,) and did not act, or proceed, firmly, or steadily. (Ham.) And خيّل عَنِ القَوْمِ and ↓ أَخْيَلَ, [but the former only is explained in this sense in the TA,] He held back from the people, or party, through cowardice: (K, TA:) so says Az, on the authority of' Arrám. (TA.) 3 خايلهُ, (JK, TA,) inf. n. مُخَايَلَةٌ, (S, K,) He vied with him, rivalled him, or imitated him, (JK, S, * K, * TA,) in pride and self-conceit; (JK;) did as he did. (TA.) b2: خايلت السَّمَآءُ, and السَّحَابُ: see 2, in the latter part of the paragraph.4 اخال It (a thing) was, or became, dubious, or confused, or vague, (JK, S, Mgh, Msb, TA,) عَلَيْهِ to him. (JK, Mgh.) One says, هٰذَا أَمْرٌ لَا يُخِيلُ [This is a thing, or an affair, or a case, that will not be dubious, &c.]. (S.) And لَا يُخِيلُ ذَاكَ عَلَى أَحَدٍ That will not be dubious, &c., to any one. (JK.) b2: اخال الشَّىْءُ إِلَى الخَيْرِ, and المَكْرُوهِ, The thing exhibited an indication, or indications, of good, and of evil, or what was disliked or hated. (Msb.) [Hence,] اخالت السَّمَآءُ, and أَخْيَلَت: see 2, in the latter part of the paragraph, in four places. And اخالت السَّحَابُ and أَخْيَلَت, or اخالت السَّحَابَةُ: see, again, 2, in the latter part of the paragraph, in three places. b3: And hence, in the opinion of ISd, the she-camel in this case being likened to clouds [giving hope, or showing signs, of rain], (TA,) اخالت النَّاقَةُ (tropical:) The she-camel had milk in her udder, (JK, K, TA,) and was in good condition of body. (JK, TA.) b4: اخالت الأَرْضُ بِالنَّبَاتِ, (K,) or, as in the M, ↓ اختالت, (TA,) (tropical:) The land became adorned, or embellished, with plants, or herbage. (K, TA. [See also 5.]) A2: اخال فِيهِ خَالًا مِنَ الخَيْرِ: see 4 in art. خول; and see خَالٌ, below. b2: أَخْيَلْنَا and أَخَلْنَا We watched, or observed, or looked at, a cloud which it was thought would rain, to see where it would rain. (K, * TA.) And أَخَلْتُ السَّحَابَةُ and أَخْيَلْتُهَا I saw the cloud to be such as gave hope of rain. (S. [See also 10.]) A3: أَخْيَلَ لِلنَّاقَةِ: see 2, in the middle of the paragraph.

A4: أَخْيَلَ عَنِ القَوْمِ: see 2, last sentence.5 تخيّل, as a trans. v., syn. with خَيَّلَ; and its inf. n., syn. with تَخْيِيلٌ: see 2, first two sentences, in two places. b2: تخيّل فِيهِ الخَيْرِ, as syn. with خَيَّلَ: and تَخَيَّلْتُ عَلَيْهِ: see 2, in the latter half of the paragraph.

A2: Also, as a quasipass. v., similar in signification to خُيِّلَ; and its inf. n.: see 2, first three sentences, in five places. b2: And تَخيُّلٌ used as an inf. n. of خَيَّلَ عَلَيْهِ: and app. as an inf. n. of خَيَّلَتْ عَلَيْنَا السَّمَآءُ: see 2, latter half, in two places. b3: تخيّلت السَّمَآءُ: see 2, latter half, in three places. b4: تخيّل as syn. with اختال: see the latter verb. b5: [Hence, app.,] تخيّلت الأَرْضُ (assumed tropical:) The land became abundant in its plants, or herbage: (JK:) [and, (as is shown by an explanation of the part. n. of the verb, below,) (assumed tropical:) the land had its plants, or herbage, in a state of full maturity, and in blossom; and so ↓ تخايلت; whence,] a poet says, تَأَزَّرَ فِيهِ النَّيْتُ حَتَّى تَخَايَلَتْ رُبَاهُ وَحَتَّى مَا تُرَى الشَّآءُ نُوَّمَا [The herbage in it became, or had become, tangled, or luxuriant, and strong, so that its hills were clad with plants in full maturity, and in blossom, and so that the sheep, or goats, were seen sleeping]. (S, TA. [In both, the meaning of the verb in this ex. is indicated by the context. See also 4, where a similar meaning is assigned to اخالت or اختالت.]) b6: تَخَيُّلٌ also signifies The being, or becoming, of various colours. (JK, Ham p. 39. *) [Hence the saying,] تَخَيَّلَ الغَرْقُ بِالسَّفْرِ, i. e. [The desert, or far-extending desert] became of various colours with the travellers, by reason of the آل [or mirage]. (JK.) b7: Also The going on, or away; or acting with a penetrative energy; and being quick. (JK, Ham p. 39.) b8: See also 2, last sentence but one.6 تَخَاْيَلَ see 2, third sentence: b2: and 8, in two places: b3: and see also 5, in two places.8 اختال He was proud, or haughty; or he behaved proudly, or haughtily; (S;) as also ↓ خَالَ, (JK, S,) aor. ـِ (JK,) or ـَ (Ham p. 122,) and يَخُولُ, (JK, Ham,) inf. n. خَالٌ and خَوْلٌ; (Ham;) and ↓ تخيّل and ↓ تخايل: (K, TA:) or he was proud, or haughty, and selfconceited: (Msb:) and he walked with a proud, or haughty, and self-conceited, gait: (MA, KL:) said of a man, and of a horse: (Msb:) and ↓ تَخَايُلٌ signifies the behaving, or carrying oneself, with pride, or haughtiness, combined with slowness. (JK.) You say of a horse, يَخْتَالُ فِى مِشْيَتِهِ [He is proud and self-conceited in his gait]. (TA.) b2: اختالت الأَرْضُ: see 4.10 استخال السَّحَابَةَ He looked at the cloud and thought it to be raining. (TA. [See also 4, last sentence but two.]) خَالٌ i. q. ظَنٌّ and تَوَهُّمٌ [meaning Thought, or opinion: and surmise, or fancy: though تَوَهُّمٌ is often explained as syn. with ظَنٌّ]: (K:) an inf. n. of 1 [q. v.]. (TA.) So in the saying, أَصَابَ فِهِ خَالِى [My thought or opinion, or surmise or fancy, was right respecting him, or it]. (TK.) b2: I. q. b3: مَخِيلَةٌ, q. v., (K,) [accord. to the TA, which is followed in this instance, as usual, by the author of the TK, as meaning فِرَاسَةٌ: but this is a mistake: for وهى الفراسة, the explanation in the TA, we should read وَهِىَ مِنَ الفِرَاسَةِ; as is shown by its being there immediately added that one says, فِيهِ خَالًا ↓ أخَالَ, explained in art. خول; (see 4, and خَالٌ, in that art.; and see also مَخِيلَةٌ in the present art.;) and by what here follows:] الخَالٌ is syn. with المَخِيلَةٌ and الشِّيَةُ. (JK.) b4: For another sense in which it is syn. with مَخِيلَةٌ see the latter word, below. b5: A nature; or a natural, a native, or an innate, disposition or temper or the like; syn. خُلُقٌ. (TA.) b6: I. q.

خُيَلَآءُ, q. v. (S, K *) A2: A limping, or halting, or slight lameness, in a horse or similar beast: in this sense an inf. n. of خَالَ. (JK, K. *) b2: Gout; or gout in the foot or feet; syn. نِقْرِسٌ. (TA.) A3: Lightning: (K:) [app. as being a sign, or token, of coming rain.] b2: Clouds; syn. غَيْمٌ: (S:) or clouds (غيم) lightening: (JK, M, TA:) and also rising, and seeming to one to be raining; and the single cloud (سَحَابَة) is termed ↓ مُخِيلَةٌ: (JK:) or rising, and seeming to one to be raining, and then passing beyond one; but when having thunder, or lightning, therein, termed ↓ مُخِيلَةٌ, though not when the rain has gone therefrom: (Har p. 36, from the 'Eyn:) or clouds (سَحَابٌ) raining: (T, TA:) or clouds (سحاب) that fail not to fulfil their promise of rain; (K, * TA;) and a cloud of this description is termed ↓ مَخِيلَةٌ: (JK:) or in which is no rain, (K, TA,) though thought, when seen, to be raining. (TA.) b3: (assumed tropical:) A liberal, bountiful, or generous, man: (JK, T, M, K:) as being likened to the raining clouds, (T, TA,) or to the lightening clouds, (JK, M, TA,) which are so termed. (JK, T, M, TA.) b4: A man in whom one sees an indication, or a sign, or token, of goodness. (K, TA.) b5: Free from التُّهْمَة [as meaning what occasions suspicion]. (K.) b6: A man who manages cattle, or camels &c., (K, TA,) and pastures them, (TA,) well: (K, TA:) or خَالُ مَالٍ

one who manages cattle, &c., and watches them, well. (JK.) And One who keeps to a thing, (K, TA,) and manages, orders, or regulates, it. (TA.) A king who manages, orders, or regulates, the affairs of his subjects. (JK.) [See also خَالٌ in art. خول.] b7: An owner of a thing: (K:) from خَالَهُ, aor. ـُ meaning “ he managed it,” &c. (TA.) You say, مَنْ خَالُ هٰذَا الفَرَسِ Who is the owner of this horse? (TA.) [See خَالٌ in art. خول.] b8: See also مُخْتَالٌ, in three places. b9: A man free from an attachment of love. (K.) b10: A man having no wife. (K.) b11: A man weak in heart and body: (K:) but this is most probably [خَالٌّ,] with teshdeed, from خَلَّ لَحْمُهُ, meaning “ he became lean. ” (TA.) A4: As meaning A maternal uncle, it is mentioned in art. خول. (TA.) A5: A mole, syn. شَامَةٌ, (K,) a black شامة, (TA,) upon the person; (S, K, Msb, TA;) [a thing resembling] a pimple in the face, inclining to blackness; (JK, T, Mgh, TA;) or a small black spot upon the person: (TA:) dim. ↓ خُيَيْلٌ (JK, S) accord. to him who says مَخِيلٌ and مَخْيُولٌ [as meaning “ marked with many moles upon the person ”], (S,) and خُوَيْلٌ (JK, S, Msb) accord. to him who says مَخُولٌ, (S,) which shows it to be, in one dial., of the art. خول [in which it is also mentioned]: (Msb:) pl. [of mult.] خِيلَانٌ (JK, S, Mgh, Msb, K) and [of pauc.] أَخِيلَةٌ. (Msb.) A6: A garment, or cloth, of the garments, or cloths, of the جُهَّال [here meaning people of the Time of Ignorance]: (S:) a soft garment or cloth (JK, K, TA) of the garments or cloths of El-Yemen: (JK, TA:) and a [garment of the kind called] بُرْد, of the fabric of El-Yemen, (K, TA,) red [or brown], with black lines or stripes, which used to be made in the first ages: but Az makes these two to be one: it has been mentioned before, in art. خول, to which also it may belong. (TA.) b2: A garment, or piece of cloth, with which a corpse is shrouded. (K.) b3: The [kind of banner called] لِوَآء (JK, T, K) that is tied [to its spear-shaft] for a commander, (K,) or to denote one's having the authority of a prefect, commander, ruler, or the like: (T, TA:) [SM adds,] I do not think it to be so called for any other reason than that it was of the بُرُود of the kind termed خَالٌ. (TA.) [See also خَالٌ in art. خول.] b4: The office of Khaleefeh; (K;) because belonging to one for whom a banner is tied [on the occasion of his appointment]. (TA.) A7: A big mountain. (K.) b2: And (as being likened thereto, TA) (assumed tropical:) A big camel: (JK, K:) pl. خِيلَانٌ: to such, a poet likens certain men, as resembling camels in their bodies and in their being devoid of intellect. (TA.) b3: And A black stallion-camel. (IAar, K, * TA.) Mentioned also in art. خول. (TA.) A8: A place in which is no one, or no one by whose company one may be cheered. (K.) [Probably from خَالٍ, part. n. of خَلَا, aor. يَخْلُو.]

b2: A small [hill such as is termed] أَكَمَة. (K.) A9: The لِجَام [i. e. bit, or bit with its appertenances,] of a horse: (K:) app. a dial. var. of خَوَلٌ, q. v. (TA.) A10: A certain plant, having a blossom, well known in Nejd. (K.) خَالٍ, formed by transposition from خَائِلٌ: see مُخْتَالٌ.

خَيْلٌ Horses, (JK, S, K,) collectively; (JK, K;) as some say, (Msb,) applied to Arabian horses and [such as are of inferior breed, termed]

بَرَاذِين; (Mgh, Msb;) the males thereof and the females: (Mgh, TA: *) but of the fem. gender: (Msb, TA:) a quasi-pl. n., (Mgh,) having no sing. (Msb, K) formed of the same radical letters: (Msb:) or the sing. is ↓ خَائِلٌ: (K:) so called because of their اِخْتِيَال, (Msb, K, * TA, *) i. e. pride and self-conceit, (Msb,) in their gait: so says AO; but ISd says that this is not well known: (TA:) or because no one rides a horse without experiencing a feeling of pride: (Er-Rághib, TA:) pl., (Msb, CK,) or pl. pl., (so in copies of the K and in the TA,) [of mult.,] خُيُولٌ (S, * Msb, K) and خِيُولٌ and [pl. of pauc.] أَخْيَالٌ. (K.) And the dual form is used, [although خَيْلٌ has a pl. signification,] like as are [the duals إِبِلَانِ and غَنَمَانِ and] لِقَاحَانِ and جِمَالَانِ. (ISd, TA.) One says, فُلَانٌ لَاتُسَايَرُ خَيْلَاهُ, or لَاتُوَاقَفُ, (K, TA,) and لَاتُسَايَرُ خَيْلَاهُ وَلَا تُوَاقَفُ, (TA, and so in the CK,) [Such a one, his two troops of horses will not be competed with in going, or running, nor in standing still,] meaning (tropical:) he is not to be endured in respect of calumny and lying: (K, TA:) it is said of a great, or frequent, liar. (TA in art. سير.) And الخَيْلُ أَعْلَمُ مِنْ فُرْسَانِهَا [The horses are more knowing than their riders]; (Meyd, K;) a prov., (Meyd,) applied in relation to him of whom thou formest an opinion (Meyd, K, TA) that he possesses, or possesses not, what suffices, (TA,) and whom thou findest to be as thou thoughtest, (Meyd, K, TA,) or the contrary. (Meyd.) And الخَيْلُ أَعْلَمُ بَفُرْسَانِهَا [The horses are possessed of most knowledge of their riders]; a prov., meaning (assumed tropical:) seek thou aid of him who knows the case, or affair. (Meyd.) And الخَيْلُ تَجْرِى عَلَى مَسَاوِيهَا, another prov. [explained in art. سوأ]. (Meyd.) b2: Also Horsemen, or riders on horses. (S, Msb, K.) Thus in the Kur [xvii. 66], وَأَجْلِبْ عَلَيْهِمْ بِخَيْلِكَ وَ رَجْلِكَ. (S. [See 1 in art. جلب.]) A2: See also خُيَلَآءُ.

خَيَلٌ: see خُيَلَآءُ.

خَيْلَةٌ: see خُيَلَآءُ.

خِيلَةٌ: see خُيَلَآءُ.

خَيَلَةٌ: see خُيَلَآءُ.

خَيْلِىٌّ An equerry; one who has the superintendence of horses. (TA.) خُيَلَآءُ (S, Msb, K, &c.) and ↓ خِيَلَآءُ (S, Sgh, TA) and ↓ خَالٌ (S, K) and ↓ خَيْلٌ, (K, TA,) or ↓ خَيَلٌ, (CK,) and ↓ خَيْلَةٌ, (K, TA,) or ↓ خَيَلَةٌ, (CK,) or ↓ خِيلَةٌ, (JK,) and ↓ مَخِيلَةٌ (S, K) and ↓ أَخْيَلُ, (Lth, JK, K,) [of all which the first is the most common,] Pride (S, Msb, K) and self-conceit; (Msb;) [or vanity; i. e.] pride arising from some fancied, or imaginary, excellence in oneself. (TA.) One says, هُوَ ذُو خُيَلَآءَ &c. He is possessed of pride [and self-conceit, or vanity]. (S.) خِيَلَآءَ: see what next precedes.

خَيَالٌ primarily signifies An incorporeal form or image; such as that which is imaged in sleep, and in the mirror, and in the heart or mind: then applied to the form of anything imaged; and to any subtile thing of a similar kind: (Er-Rághib, TA:) anything that one sees like a shadow: and the image of a man in a mirror, (T, Msb, TA,) and in water, (Msb,) and in sleep: (T, TA:) and a thing that sometimes passes by one, resembling a shadow: (T, Msb, TA:) خَيَالٌ and ↓ خَيَالَةٌ both signify the same; (JK, S, K;) i. e. i. q. طَيْفٌ [meaning an apparition; a phantom; a spectre; a fancied image; an imaginary form; and particularly a form that is seen in sleep]; (S, TA;) anything that one sees like a shadow [as the former word is explained above]; and a thing that is seen in sleep; (JK;) a form that is imaged to one in the mind when awake, and when dreaming: (K:) the former word is both masc. and fem.: (Ham p. 316:) pl. أَخِيلَةٌ (K) [a pl. of pauc.; and probably خِيلَانٌ also, as a pl. of mult., mentioned as one of the pls. of خَيَالٌ in another sense, below]. You say, تَخَيَّلَ لِى

خَيَالُهُ [His apparition, or phantom, &c., became imaged to me in my mind]. (Msb, TA.) And a poet says, (S,) namely, El-Bohturee, (TA,) فَلَسْتُ بِنَازِلٍ إِلَّا أَلَمَّتْ الكَذُوبُ ↓ بِرَحْلِى أَوْ خَيَالَتُهَا [And I do not alight but she visits my abode, or her false apparition]. (S.) b2: [In philosophy it signifies] A faculty that retains what the fancy perceives of the forms of objects of sense after the substance has become absent, so that the fancy beholds them whenever it turns towards them: thus it is the store-house of the fancy: its place is the hinder part of the first venter of [the three which are comprised by] the brain. (KT. [In this sense, it is incorrectly written in Freytag's Lex. (in which only the Arabic words of the explanation are given, preceded by the rendering “ phantasia,”) خِيالٌ.]) b3: The خَيَال of a bird is The shadow of himself which a bird sees when rising into the sky; whereupon he pounces down upon it, thinking it to be a prey, and finds it to be nothing: he is [the bird] called خَاطِفُ ظِلِّهِ. (TA.) b4: خَيَالٌ and ↓ خَيَالَةٌ signify also The person, or body, or corporeal form or figure which one sees from a distance, syn. شَخْصٌ, (S, K,) of a man; and his aspect. (K.) b5: And the former also signifies A piece of wood with black garments upon it, (S,) or with a black [garment of the kind called] كِسَآء upon it, (K,) which is set up to make the beasts and birds fancy it to be a man: (S, K:) or a piece of wood with a garment thrown upon it, which is set up for the sake of the sheep or goats, in order that the wolf, seeing it, may think it to be a man: (T, TA:) pl. [of pauc.]

أَخِيلَةٌ (Ks, TA) and [of mult.] خِيلَانٌ. (TA.) A poet says, أَخِى لَا أَخَا لِى غَيْرُهُ غَيْرَ أَنَّنِى

كَرَاعِى خَيَالٍ يَسْتَطِيفُ بِلَافِكْرِ (S, TA) [cited by J as an ex. of خيال in the former of the senses explained in the sentence immediately preceding: but the meaning seems to be, My brother: I have no brother but he: but I am like one watching an image dressed up to decoy; going round about without reflection: for,] as some say, (TA,) رَاعِى الخَيَالِ means the young ostrich for which the sportsman sets up a خَيَال [i. e. an image dressed up to decoy], (JK, TA,) in order that it may become familiar therewith, and the sportsman may then take it, and the young ostrich may follow him. (TA.) b6: Also A thing that is set up in land in order that it may be known to be prohibited to the public, and may not be approached. (T, Msb.) A2: and A certain plant. (K.) خُيَيْلٌ: see خَالٌ, of which it is a diminutive.

خَيَالَةٌ: see خَيَالٌ, in three places.

خَيَالِىٌّ Of, or relating to, the fancy: a rel. n. from خَيَالٌ.]

خَيَّالَةٌ Owners, or attendants, of horses. (JK, S.) [In modern Arabic, Horsemen; and a troop of horsemen.]

خَائِلٌ [act. part. n. of 1]: see مُخْتَالٌ, in two places: b2: and see خَيْلٌ, first sentence. b3: Applied to a horse, Limping, halting, or slightly lame. (JK, TA.) أَخْيَلُ More, and most, proud and self-conceited. (See also أَخْوَلُ, in art. خول.) Occurring in several provs.; as, for ex.,] أَخْيَلُ مِنْ غُرَابٍ

[More proud and self-conceited than a crow]: because the غراب is proud and self-conceited in its gait. (Meyd.) A2: See also خَيَلَآءُ.

A3: Also Having a خَال, meaning [a thing resembling] a pimple, inclining to blackness, [i. e. a mole,] upon his face: (Mgh:) or, as also ↓ مَخِيلٌ and ↓ مَخْيُولٌ (S, Msb, K) and مَخُولٌ, like مَقُولٌ, (S, Msb,) this last belonging to art. خول, as خَالٌ, whence it is derived, does in one dial., (Msb,) A man (S, Msb) having [or marked with] many خِيلَان [or moles upon his person]: (S, Msb, K: *) fem. [of the first] خَيْلَآءُ. (K.) A4: الأَخَيْلُ, (S, Msb, K,) when indeterminate, [أَخَيْلٌ or أَخَيْلُ,] perfectly decl., [thus] used as a subst., but some make it imperfectly decl. both when determinate and when indeterminate, and assert it to be originally an epithet, from التَّخَيُّلُ, (S, O,) [though accord. to others it seems to be from أَخْيَلُ as meaning “ having many moles,”] A certain bird, (JK, S, Msb, K,) regarded as of evil omen, (JK, S, K,) that alights upon the rump of the camel, and is app. for that reason held to be of evil omen; (TA; [see مَخْيُولٌ;]) [applied in the present day to the green wood-pecker, picus viridis;] the صُرَد [q. v.]: (K:) or the green صُرَد: (TA:) or the شِقِرَّاق [a name likewise now applied to the green wood-pecker, and to the common roller, coracias garrula]: (Fr, S, Msb, K:) so called because upon its wings are colours differing from its general colour: (Skr, TA:) or so called because diversified with black and white: (K:) or the شَاهِين [q. v., a species of falcon]: (JK, TA, and Ham p. 705:) pl. أَخَايِلُ, (JK, T, S, Msb, TA, and Ham ubi suprà,) or خِيلٌ. (K.) أُخَايِلٌ: see مُخْتَالٌ, in two places.

مَخِيلٌ: see its fem., with ة, in the next following paragraph, in three places: A2: and see also أَخْيَلُ.

مُخِيلٌ A thing dubious, confused, or vague. (TA.) b2: Exhibiting a خَيَالِ [or fancied image, or rather a خَال or مَخِيلَة, i. e. an indication, &c., (see 4,) of anything, as, for instance,] of good [and of evil]. (TA.) You say شَىْءٌ مُخِيلٌ

إِلَىالخَيْرِ, and المَكْرُوهِ, A thing exhibiting an indication, or indications, of good, and of evil, or what is disliked or hated. (Msb.) Hence, (TA,) هُوَ مُخِيلٌ لِلْخَيْرِ, (S, TA,) said of a man, (S,) He is adapted or disposed by nature to good [i. e. to be, or to do, or to effect, or to produce, what is good]. (S, TA. [See also مَخِيلٌ in art. خول.]) And سَحَابَةٌ مُخِيلَةٌ (JK, Msb, K) and ↓ مُخَيِّلَةٌ (K, TA, in the CK مُخَيَّلَةٌ) and ↓ مُخَيِّلٌ and ↓ مُخْتَالَةٌ (K) and مخايلة [i. e. ↓ مُخَايِلَةٌ] (Har p. 36) and ↓ مَخِيلَةٌ (Msb [but see what follows]) A cloud thought [or expected] to rain, (JK, Msb, K, TA, and Har ubi suprà,) when seen, (TA, and Har,) because showing signs of rain: مُخِيلَةٌ, with damm, being an act. part. n., as meaning causing to think; and ↓ مَخِيلَةٌ, with fet-h, being a pass. part. n., as meaning thought: and in like manner, accord. to Az, سَمَآءٌ مُخِيلَةٌ and ↓ مَخِيلَةٌ, meaning a clouded sky: (Msb:) or you say ↓ مَخِيلَةٌ, with fet-h, when [you use the subst.] meaning a cloud itself [showing signs of rain]; and its pl. is مَخَايِلُ: (T, TA: see خَالٌ, in the former half of the paragraph:) and سَحَابَةٌ مُخِيلَةٌ لِلْمَطَرِ a cloud giving hope of rain. (S.) See also خَالٌ, in two places, in the former half of the paragraph. You say also, السَّمَآءُ مُخِيلَةٌ لِلْمَطَرِ, meaning The sky is ready to rain. (Har p. 36.) b3: اِمْرَأَةٌ مُخِيلَةٌ A woman having no husband. (JK.) مَخِيلَةٌ as fem. of the pass. part. n. مَخِيلٌ: see مُخِيلٌ, in three places. b2: As a subst.: see, again, مُخِيلٌ. And see خَالٌ, mentioned a second time in the former half of the paragraph. b3: Hence, A great banner or ensign; as likened to a cloud that fails not to fulfil its promise of rain. (JK.) b4: Also An indication; a symptom; a sign, mark, or token, by which the existence of a thing is known or inferred; syn. شِيَةٌ (JK) and مَظِنَّةٌ; (TA;) and so ↓ خَالٌ, q. v.: (JK:) pl. of the former مَخَايِلُ: originally used in relation to a cloud in which rain is thought to be. (TA.) Yousay, ظَهَرَتْ فِيهِ مَخَايِلُ النَّجَابَةِ, i. e. The indications &c. [of generosity, or nobility, appeared in him]. (TA.) b5: You say also, of a cloud (سَحَابَة), مَا

أَحْسَنَ مَخِيلَتَهَا and ↓ خَالَهَا How good is its [apparent] disposition to rain! (S, TA.) b6: See also خُيَلَآءُ.

مُخَيَّلٌ [A thing imaged to one by the mind or by a case; or fancied]. You say, فُلَانٌ يَمْضِى

عَلَى المُخَيَّلِ; explained above: see 2. (JK, S.) And وَقَعَ فِى مُخَيَّلَى كَذَا [Such a thing occurred in what was imagined, or fancied, by me], and فِىمُخَيَّلَاتِى [among the things imagined, or fancied, by me]. (TA.) مُخَيِّلٌ; and its fem., with ة: see مُخِيلٌ.

مَخْيوُلٌ: see أَخْيَلُ.

A2: Also A camel lacerated in his rump by a bird of the kind called أَخْيَل that has alighted upon it. (TA.) b2: And hence, (assumed tropical:) A man whose reason has fled in consequence of fright: a sense in which it is used by the vulgar; but correct. (TA.) سَحَابَةٌ مُخَايِلَةٌ: see مُخِيلٌ.

مُخْتَالٌ and ↓ خَائِلٌ (S, K) and ↓ خَالٌ and ↓ خَالٍ, which is formed by transposition, (K,) and ↓ أُخَايِلٌ, (S, K,) like أُدَابِرٌ and أُبَاتِرٌ, (S,) which are [said to be] the only other epithets of this measure, (TA,) [i. e. of the measure أُفَاعِلٌ, though there are many of the measure فُعَالِلٌ,] applied to a man, Proud (S, K, TA) and self-conceited: [or vain:] (TA in explanation of all, and K in explanation of خَالٌ:] or ↓ خَالٌ signifies having much خُيَلَآء [or pride and self-conceit, or vanity]: and ↓ أُخَايِلٌ one who walks with a proud and self-conceited gait, with an affected inclining of his body from side to side: (JK:) ↓ خَائِلٌ has for its pl. خَالَةٌ; (S, TA;) which is also fem. of ↓ خَالٌ. (TA.) b2: See also مُخِيلٌ.

أَرْضٌ مُتَخَيَّلَةٌ (assumed tropical:) Land having its plants, or herbage, in a state of full maturity, and in blossom; (JK, S;) as also ↓ مُتَخَايِلَةٌ. (S.) أَرْضٌ مُتَخَايِلَةٌ: see what next precedes.

صرف

الصَّرْفُ signifies The turning, or sending, or putting, a thing away, or back, from its way, or course; the causing it to turn away, or back; therefrom; the averting it, or repelling it therefrom: (M:) or the shifting a thing from one state, or condition, to another; (Bd in vi. 105;) and so ↓ التَّصْرِيفُ. (TA.) You say, صَرَفَهُ, (M, K,) or صَرَفَهُ عَنْ وَجْهِهِ, (Msb, TA,) i. e. عَنْ سَنَنِهِ, (TA in art. وجه,) aor. ـِ (M, Msb, K,) inf. n. صَرْفٌ, (M, Msb,) He turned, sent, or put, him, or it, away, or back, &c., (M, K,) from his, or its, way, or course. (M.) And نَفْسَهُ عَنِ ↓ صارف الشَّىْءِ, meaning صَرَفَهَا عَنْهُ [He turned himself away, or back, from the thing]. (M.) and صَرَفْتُ الرَّجُلَ عَنِّى [I turned the man away, or back, or I averted him, or repelled him, from me]. (S.) And صَرَفَ الصِّبْيَانَ He dismissed the boys, or sent them away, syn. قَلَبَهُمْ, (S, K,) from the school: (K:) or صَرَفْتُ الصَّبِىَّ I let the boy go his way; and in like manner, الأَجِيرَ the hired man. (Msb.) And صَرَفَ اللّٰهُ عَنْكَ الأَذَى [May God avert from thee harm]. (S.) And ↓ اصطرف وَجْهَهُ (K in art. سفو and سفى) [meaning صَرَفَهُ i. e.] He turned away his face. (TK in that art.) صَرَفَ اللّٰهُ قُلُوبَهُمْ, in the Kur [ix. 128], means God hath made them to err in requital of that which they have done: (M, TA:) or God hath turned them away, or may God turn them away, from belief. (Bd.) And سَأَصْرِفُ عَنْ آيَاتِى, in the Kur [vii. 143], means [in like manner] I will requite by causing to err from the direction of my signs. (O, TA.) [And one says also, صَرَفَهُ إِلَى كَذَا He turned him (i. e. another man, or the like, as in the Kur xlvi. 28), or it (for ex. his mind or intention), to such a thing.] b2: [Hence,] صَرَفَ الكَلِمَةَ, (TA,) inf. n. صَرْفٌ, (O,) He declined, or inflected, the word [i. e. the noun] with tenween. (O, TA.) See also 2. b3: [Hence, also,] الصَّرْفُ means The exchanging, or giving in exchange, gold for silver [and the reverse]: because it is turned (يُصْرَفُ) thereby from one metal to another. (M.) Yousay صَرَفَ الدَّرَاهِمَ He exchanged, or gave in exchange, the dirhems for [other] dirhems or for deenárs. (Mgh.) And صَرَفْتُ الذَّهَبَ بِالدَّرَاهِمِ I exchanged, or gave in exchange, the gold for dirhems: (Msb:) and الدَّرَاهِمَ بِالدَّنَانِيرِ [the dirhems for deenárs]. (S.) b4: It is said in a trad. respecting الشُّفْعَة [or the right of pre-emption], إِذَا صُرِفَتِ الطُّرُوقُ فَلَا شُفْعَةَ i. e. When the roads thereof are made distinct [app. by their being turned in different directions, from the house, or piece of land, in question, to the possessions of different proprietors, there is no right of pre-emption]: (TA:) the inf. n. of the verb in this case is صَرْفٌ. (TA.) b5: You say also, صَرَفْتُ المَالَ I expended the property; (Msb;) [and so ↓ صرّفتُهُ; for] التَّصْرِيفُ, (M,) or تَصْرِيفُ الدَّرَاهِمِ, (O,) فِى البِيَاعَاتِ, (M, O, K, *) means the expending of money [in the purchase of articles of merchandise]. (M, O, K. *) b6: And صَرَفْتُ الكَلَامَ I embellished the speech [app. by distorting it, or otherwise altering it]; and ↓ صَرَّفْتُهُ has a similar, but intensive, meaning: (Msb:) or صَرْفُ الحَدِيثِ means the embellishing of discourse, or speech, (A 'Obeyd, S, M, O, K,) by adding in it, (A 'Obeyd, S,) or and adding in it; (M, O, K;) and in like manner صَرْفُ الكَلَامِ: (K: [of which see another explanation voce صَرْفٌ:]) and is [said to be] from الصَّرْفُ in pieces of money, meaning “ the superiority of one over another in value. ” (O, K.) b7: صَرَفَ لِأَهْلِهِ [as though meaning صَرَفَ نَفْسَهُ لِأَهْلِهِ]: see 8. b8: [See also صَرْفٌ, below.]

A2: صَرَفَ الشَّرَابَ, (M, O, K,) inf. n. صُرُوفٌ, (M, TA,) He did not mix the beverage, or wine; (M, O, K, TA;) as also ↓ صرّفهُ, and ↓ اصرفهُ; the last mentioned by Th. (M, TA.) And صَرَفَ الخَمْرَ, (K, TA,) aor. ـِ inf. n. صَرْفٌ, (TA,) [or perhaps this should be صُرُوفٌ, as in the next preceding sentence,] He drank the wine unmixed; (K, TA;) [and so ↓ صَرَّفَهَا; for] تَصْرِيفُ الخَمْرِ, (S, O,) or التَّصْرِيفُ فِى الخَمْرِ, (K,) signifies the drinking of wine unmixed. (S, O, K. [Freytag has erroneously expl. صَرَفَ as meaning simply He drank wine.]) A3: صَرَفَتِ البَكْرَةُ, (S, O, K,) aor. ـِ (S, O,) inf. n. صَرِيفٌ, (S, M, O, K,) The sheave of the pulley caused a sound to be heard on the occasion of the drawing of water: (S, M, * O, K:) and the صَرِيف of the door, and of the tush of the camel, is like that of the sheave of the pulley; (S, O;) [i. e.] the صَرِيف of the door, (M, K,) and of the writingreed (M, Msb) and the like, (M,) is a creaking, or grating; (M, Msb, * K;) and so that of the tush of the camel: (K: [ونابُ البَعِيرِ in the CK is a mistake for ونابِ البعير:]) one says of a man, and of a camel, صَرَفَ بِنَابِهِ, (M, TA,) and صَرَفَ نَابَهُ, (TA,) aor. ـِ inf. n. صَرِيفٌ, He grated his canine tooth [against its opposite] so as to cause a sound to be heard: (M, TA:) the صَرِيف of the stallioncamel is [indicative of] his threatening: (M:) or that of the canine tooth of the she-camel denotes her weariness; and that of the canine tooth of the he-camel, his lust: (IKh, TA:) or the صَرِيف of the stallion is from briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness; and that of the female, from fatigue. (As, TA.) [But] b2: صَرَفَتْ, (IAar, S, M, O, K,) aor. ـِ (S, M, O,) inf. n. صُرُوفٌ (S, M, O, K) and صِرَافٌ, (Lth, Lh, IAar, S, M, O, K,) said of a bitch, (S, O, K,) or of any female having a cloven hoof and of any having a claw, (Lh, M,) or of a ewe or she-goat and of bitch and of a cow, (Lth, TA,) or of any female animal of prey, but mostly of a bitch, (IAar, TA,) signifies She lusted for the male: (Lth, Lh, IAar, S, M, O, K:) and the epithet applied to such an animal is ↓ صَارِفٌ. (Lh, IAar, S, M, O, K.) 2 التَّصْرِيفُ [in its primary acceptation is like الصَّرْفُ in the primary acceptation of the latter, but generally relates to several objects, or is used in an intensive sense]: see 1, first sentence: it signifies The turning of the winds (Lth, O, K, TA) from one state or condition, to another; (O, TA;) or from one direction, or course, or way, to another; (Lth, O, K, TA;) and so of the torrents, and of the horse, and of affairs, and of the verses of the Kur-án; (Lth, TA;) the making of the winds to very, or differ; and so of the clouds; (M;) the changing of the winds to south and north [&c.] and hot and cold [&c.]; (Jel in ii.

159, and xlv. 4;) or the making of the winds to be south and north, and east and west, and to be of various sorts in their kinds: (TA:) or تَصْرِيفُ الآيَاتِ signifies [the varying, or diversifying, of the verses of the Kur-án, by repeating them in different forms; or] the making of the verses of the Kur-án distinct [in their meanings by repeating and varying them, as expl. by many of the expositors in the instances occurring in vi. 46 and 65 and 105, and xlvi. 26]. (O, K.) b2: It signifies also The deriving one word from another [by modification of the form for the purpose of modifying the meaning; including what we term the declining of nouns (like الصَّرْفُ) and the conjugating of verbs]. (O, K.) [The science of التَّصْرِيف in language is commonly termed عِلْمُ

↓ الصَّرْفِ.] b3: In relation to property, or money, see 1, near the middle of the paragraph. b4: And in relation to speech, see 1, near the middle of the paragraph. b5: One says also, صرّف الشَّىْءَ, (M,) inf. n. as above, (TA,) meaning He employed the thing in other [i. e. more] than one way; as though he turned it from one way to another way. (M, TA.) b6: And [hence,] صَرَّفْتُهُ فِى الأَمْرِ, (K,) or فِى أَمْرِى, speaking of a man, (S, O,) i. q. قَلَّبْتُهُ [meaning I employed him to act in whatsoever way he pleased, according to his own judgment or discretion or free will, or I made him a free agent, in the disposal, or management, of the affair, or my affair: or (assumed tropical:) I made him, or employed him, to practise versatility, or to use art or artifice or cunning, in the affair, or in my affair; for the quasi-pass., تصرّف, is said to be from الصَّرْفُ as signifying الحِيلَةُ, and is expl. as syn. with اِحْتَالَ: but the former meaning is the more common: and it is also used as meaning simply I employed him in the managing of the affair, or my affair]. (K.) b7: [Hence also, صرّف الفَرَسَ He exercised the horse.]

A2: صرّف الشَّرَابَ: and صرّف الخَمْرَ: see 1, latter half.3 صَاْرَفَ see 1, third sentence. b2: The inf. n. مُصَارَفَةٌ signifies also (assumed tropical:) The dealing, or buying and selling, with any one بِصَرْفٍ [app. meaning with art or artifice or cunning, or it may perhaps mean in the exchanging of money: see صَيْرَفِىٌّ], (KL.) 4 اصرف الشَّرَابَ: see 1, latter half.5 تصرّف [quasi-pass. of 2: thus,] said of a man's face, It turned about; or was, or became, turned about; syn. تقلّب. (Jel in ii. 139.) b2: And It (a thing) was, or became, employed in other [i. e. more] than one way; as though it were turned from one way to another way. (M.) b3: [Hence,] تصرّف فِى الأَمْرِ, (K,) or فِى أَمْرِى, (S,) quasi-pass. of صَرَّفْتُهُ فِيهِ, (S, * O, K,) thus syn. with تقلّب [meaning He acted in whatsoever way he pleased, according to his own judgment or discretion or free will, or as a free agent, in the disposal, or management, of the affair, or my affair; or he was, or became, employed to do so]: (K:) or it is from الصَّرْفُ as signifying الحِيلَةُ; (S, M, TA;) i. e. it means (tropical:) [he practised versatility, or] he used art or artifice or cunning, in the affair, or in my affair; syn. اِحْتَالَ. (TA [and in like manner Bd in xxv. 20: but the former meaning is the more common: see also 8].) [It is also used as meaning simply He employed himself, or was employed, in the managing of the affair, or my affair; because the management of affairs generally requires the practice of versatility, or the use of art or artifice or cunning.]

b4: [Hence also, said of a horse, He was exercised.]7 انصرف, (S, M, O, K,) inf. n. اِنْصِرَافٌ, (O,) and مُنْصَرَفٌ is also sometimes an inf. n. thereof as well as a n. of place, (S,) quasi-pass. of صَرَفَهُ, (S, M,) said of a thing, (M,) or of a man; (S;) as such signifying It [or he] turned, or went, away, or back, from its [or his] way, or course; or was, or became, turned, or sent, or put, away, or back, therefrom; or averted, or repelled, therefrom: (M:) [or shifted from one state, or condition, to another: (see 1, first sentence:)] or i. q. اِنْكَفَّ; so in the copies of the K; but [this is an inadequate explanation;] the right [or better] explanation is انْكَفَأَ [i. e. he, or it, reverted, or returned; or was, or became, turned away or back]; agreeably with what is said in the O. (TA.) ثُمَّ انْصَرَفُوا in the Kur [ix. 128] means Then they return, or go back, from the place in which they have listened: or then they turn away from doing aught of that which they have heard. (M.) b2: [Accord. to Golius, it signifies also It ran in a small stream; or the like; for he explains it as meaning “ manavit: ” but for this he names no authority. b3: Said of a noun, it means It was inflected, or declined, with tenween.]8 اصطرف (tropical:) He sought, sought after, or sought to gain, sustenance or the like, (M, TA,) and used art or artifice or cunning [in so doing]; (M;) for his family, or household; (M, TA;) as also ↓ صَرَفَ, aor. ـِ you say, صَرَفَ لِأَهْلِهِ [as though meaning صَرَفَ نَفْسَهُ لِأَهْلِهِ] and اصطرف: (M:) or he used art or artifice or cunning (تصرّف) in the seeking of gain: (O, K, TA:) or [meaning thus] you say, اصطرف فِى طَلَبِ الكَسْبِ. (S.) A2: It is also trans.: you say, اصطرف وَجْهَهُ: see 1, first quarter. b2: And اصطرف الدَّرَاهِمَ He procured the dirhems in exchange for [other] dirhems or for deenars. (Mgh.) 10 اِسْتَصْرَفْتُ اللّٰهَ المَكَارِهَ (S, O, K) I begged God to avert from me the things, or events, that are objects of dislike or hatred. (O, K.) صَرْفٌ [as an inf. n.: see 1]. b2: Used as a subst., The evil accidents, mishaps, or calamities, of time, or fortune; [thus expl. as having a pl. signification;] صَرْفُ الدَّهْرِ meaning حَدَثَانُهُ, (S, M, O, K,) and نَوَائِبُهُ, (S, O, K,) or حَوَادِثُهُ; (Msb;) because it [i. e. time, or fortune,] turns things from their way, or course: (M:) [but it seems to be more properly rendered the shifting of fortune, or its shifting about; and to be an inf. n. sometimes used as a simple subst., and therefore having a pl., for] its pl. is صُرُوفٌ. (M, Msb.) In the phrase قَدْ شَحَطَتْ صَرْفُ نَوَاهَا, in a verse of Sakhr-el-Ghei, [ISd says,] he has made it fem. because of its dependance upon النَّوَى [which is fem.; as though the meaning were The afflictions that are the consequence of the course taken by her in her journey have exceeded the bounds of moderation]: (M:) [or it is here made fem. because having the signification of a broken pl., which is fem.:] or the meaning is, قَدْ بَعُدَتْ تَصَرُّفُ وَجْهِهَا الَّذِى أَخَذَتْ فِيهِ [i. e. the shiftingabout of her course that she has taken has become far-extending; صَرْف being thus used as an inf. n.; for the Arabs sometimes make the inf. n. fem., saying أَوْجَعَتْنِى ضَرْبُكَ as well as أَوْجَعَنِى

ضَرْبُكَ; (see EM p. 157;) and this I think the most preferable explanation]. (Skr in his Expos. of the Poems of the Hudhalees, p. 14 of the vol. edited by Kosegarten.) b3: Also Repentance. (S, M, O, Msb, K.) [See a phrase below, in which this and other meanings are assigned to it.] b4: And (tropical:) Art, artifice, or cunning. (Yoo, S, M, O, K, TA.) Hence, in the Kur [xxv. 20], فَمَآ

يَسْتَطِيعُونَ صَرْفًا وَلَا نَصْرًا (tropical:) [And they are not able to put in practice art or artifice or cunning, nor aid]: (S, TA:) or this means and they are not able to avert, or repel, from themselves punishment, (O, K, TA,) nor to aid themselves. (O, TA.) b5: And Excellence, or superiority, of a dirhem, (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K,) and of a deenár, (M,) over another, (S, M, &c.,) in goodness, (S, Mgh, Msb,) or in value; (M, Mgh, O, K;) as in the saying, بَيْنَ الدِّرْهَمَيْنِ صَرْفٌ [Between the two dirhems is a difference of excellence], because of the [superior] goodness of the silver of one of them: (S:) and in like manner, of speech; (O, K;) as in the saying فُلَانٌ لَا يَعْرِفُ صَرْفَ الكَلَامِ Such a one knows not the excellence of speech over other speech: (O:) and [in like manner] one says, لِهٰذَا عَلَى هٰذَا صَرْفٌ There is, or pertains, to this, an excess, and an excellence, over this; for when one is judged to excel, it, or he, is turned aside from its, or his, likes, or fellows. (O, K. *) b6: And The night; and the day: (K:) [because of their interchanging:] الصَّرْفَانِ signifies the night and the day; (S, O, K;) as also ↓ الصِّرْفَانِ; (K;) the latter accord. to Ibn-'Abbád; (O;) like الصِّرْعَانِ, with kesr also [as well as with fet-h]. (TA.) b7: In the saying (S, M, O, Msb) of the Arabs, (M,) or of the Prophet, (O, Msb,) in a certain trad., (K,) لَا يُقْبَلُ مِنْهُ صَرْفٌ وَلَا عَدْلٌ [Neither صَرْف nor عَدْل shall be accepted from him], (S, M, * O, Msb, *) by صَرْف is meant repentance; (S, M, O, Msb, K;) and by عَدْل, ransom: (M, Msb, K:) or by the former, art, or artifice, or cunning; (Yoo, S, M, O, K;) and by the latter, ransom: (M:) or by the former, acquisition of gain; and by the latter, ransom: (K:) or by the former, a supererogatory act; (A'Obeyd, M, O, K;) and by the latter, an obligatory act: (A'Obeyd, M, K:) or vice versâ: (K:) or by the former, weight; and by the latter, measure: (M, O, K:) or by the former, deviation; and by the latter, a right, or direct, course: (IAar, M:) or by the former, مَا يُتَصَرَّفُ فِيهِ [app. meaning an evasive artifice]; and by the latter, a like: (Th, M:) or by the former, value, or price; and by the latter, a like; the saying originally relating to the bloodwit (الدِّيَة): one says, لَمْ يَقْبَلُوا مِنْهُمْ صَرْفًا وَلَا عَدْلًا, i. e. They did not accept from them a bloodwit, nor did they slay one man for him, of their people, who had been slain; but they required from them more than that; for the Arabs used [often] to slay two men, and three, for one man; when they slew a man for a man, that was العَدْل with them; and when they took a bloodwit, having turned from the blood to another thing, that was صَرْف, i. e. the value, or price, was صَرْف: then the saying was applied in relation to anything, so as to be proverbially used in the case of him who was to render more than was incumbent on him: it has also been said that by صَرْف is meant [in the saying cited above] something additional, or in excess; but this is nought. (M.) صِرْفٌ: see its dual in the next preceding paragraph, near the middle.

A2: Also Pure, unmixed, or free from admixture; (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K;) applied to wine, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) or beverage, as meaning unmixed, (S, M, O, Msb,) and so ↓ مَصْرُوفٌ, (O, K,) and to other things, (K,) to blood, and to phlegm, (TA,) and to anything (M, Msb) as meaning free from turbid foulnesses: (Mgh, * Msb:) and ↓ صَرِيفٌ likewise signifies anything having in it no admixture. (TA.) A3: And A certain dye, (Msb,) a red dye, (S, O, K,) with which the thongs, or straps, of sandals are dyed, (S, O,) or with which the hide is dyed: (Msb:) or a certain red thing with which the hide is tanned (يُدْبَغُ [perhaps a mistranscription for يُصْبَغُ]). (So in a copy of the M.) الصَّرْفَةُ One of the Mansions of the Moon; [the Twelfth Mansion;] a single very bright star, β of Leo,] (S, O, K, and Kzw in his Descr. of the Mansions of the Moon,) by which are some small evanescent stars; (Kzw;) over against, (بِتِلْقَآء, so in my copies of the S,) or following, (O, K and Kzw ubi suprà,) الزُّبْرَة; (S, O, K, Kzw;) [i. e.] it is a single star behind the خَرَاتَانِ of the Lion; (M;) it is on the hinder part of the tail (ذَنَب) of the Lion; [wherefore it is called by our astronomers Deneb;] and is also called the قُنْب, which means the sheath of the penis, of the Lion: (Kzw in his Descr. of Leo: [in the S and O, erroneously, “the قَلْب of the Lion: ”]) [it rose aurorally, in Central Arabia, about the commencement of the era of the Flight, on the 8th of Sept., O. S.; and set aurorally on the 9th of March:] Ibn-Kunáseh says, (M,) it is called الصَّرْفَةُ because of the turning away of the cold (S, M, O, K) from the heat, (M,) and the coming of the heat, (S, O,) accord. to the [O and] K at its rising, but [as] IB says, correctly because of the turning away of the heat [at its rising], and the coming of the cold: (TA:) [i. e., correctly,] it is thus called because of the turning away of the cold at its setting in the early mornings, and the turning away of the heat at its rising from beneath the rays of the sun in the early mornings: (Kzw in his Descr. of Leo:) when it rises before the dawn, that is the beginning of autumn; and when it sets with the rising of the dawn, that is the beginning of spring. (M.) [Hence,] الصَّرْفَةُ is [called] نَابُ الدَّهْرِ الَّذِى

يُفْتَرُّ, (Ibn-'Abbád, O, K,) or نَابُ الدَّهْرِ الَّذِى يَفْتَرُّ عَنْهُ [The dog-tooth of time, or fortune, which it shows smiling]: for when الصرفة rises, [a mistake for “ sets, aurorally,”] the blossoms come forth and the herbage attains its full height: (M and K in art. فر:) in the T it is said that الصَّرْفَة is called by the Arabs نَابُ الدَّهْرِ [the dog-tooth of time, or fortune,] لِأَنَّهُ يَفْتَرُّ عَنِ البَرْدِ وَعَنِ الحَرِّ فِى

الحَالَتَيْنِ [i. e. because it smiles revealing (the advent of) the cold and (that of) the heat, in its two states (of auroral rising and setting)]. (TA.) A2: صَرْفَةٌ also signifies A certain kind of bead (خَرَزَةٌ); (Lh, S, M, O, K;) mentioned among those by means of which men are captivated, or fascinated, or restrained by women from other women; (S, O, K; *) or by means of which men are conciliated, so as to be turned thereby from their ways of acting or conduct or the like. (Lh, M.) A3: And A bow having upon it a black mark or spot (شَامَةٌ سَوْدَآءُ), the arrows of which, when they are shot, will not hit the object of aim. (O, K.) A4: And one says, حَلَبْتُ النَّاقَةَ صَرْفَةً, meaning I milked the she-camel in the early morning, between dawn and sunrise, and then left her until the like time of the morrow. (O, K. *) الصَّرَفَانُ Death; (M, K;) a name of death. (IAar, O.) A2: And صَرَفَانٌ signifies Lead; syn. رَصَاصٌ: (S, Msb, K:) or رَصَاصٌ قَلْعِىٌّ [q. v.]: (M:) and (K) accord. to Ibn-'Abbád, (O,) copper; syn. نُحَاسٌ. (O, K.) A3: And A sort of dates; (S, M, O, Msb;) a heavy sort of dates: (K:) n. un. with ة: (M:) AHn says, (M, O,) on the authority of certain of the Arabs, (O,) that the صَرَفَانَة is a red date, like the بَرْنِيَّة, (M, O, Msb,) but (M, O) hard to be chewed, (M, O, K,) tough, (M, O,) and the heaviest of all dates: (M, O, Msb:) persons having households and slaves and hired men provide it, because of its satisfying quality, (O, K, [but for لجرآتِهَا in the O, referring to the n. un., and لِجَزَاتِهَا in copies of the K, and لجِزايَتِها in the CK, I read لِجَزَائِهَا, which is evidently the right reading, and agrees with what here follows,]) and its standing in great stead: (O, K:) or it is the [sort of dates called] صَيْحَانِىّ [q. v.]: (K:) AHn says, En-Nowshajánee told me that the صَرَفَانَة is [called] الصَّيْحَانِيَّةُ in El-Hijáz, and in like manner its palm-tree. (O.) صَرَفَانَةٌ رِبْعِيَّهْ تُصْرَمُ بِالصَّيْفِ وَتُؤْكَلُ بِالشَّتِيَّهْ is one of their proverbs [expl. in art. ربع]. (AHn, O, K.) صَرَفِىٌّ A camel of a certain excellent sort; (M, O, K;) a rel. n.: (O, K:) or it is correctly with د; (O, * K;) i. e. صَدَفِىٌّ [q. v.]: (O:) some say that it is with د; and this is the right. (M.) صَرُوفٌ A she-camel that makes a grating, or creaking, sound with her tushes, or canine teeth. (S, O, K.) صَرِيفٌ inf. n. of 1 in the senses expl. in the last sentence but one of the first paragraph [q. v.]. (S, M, &c.) A2: See also صِرْفٌ. b2: Applied to milk, (S, M, O, K,) Just milked; (K;) brought away from the udder while hot, (S, M, O,) when milked. (S, O.) b3: Also Dry سَعَف [or palmbranches]: n. un. with ة: (AHn, M:) [i. e.]

↓ صَرِيفَةٌ signifies a dry سَعَفَة. (K.) And AHn says, (M, O,) in one place, (M,) الصَّرِيفُ signifies, (M, O, K,) as some assert, (O,) What has become dry, of trees; (M, O, K;) like الضَّرِيعُ; (M;) called in Pers\. حُذْخُوش, (so in copies of the K, in the CK خُدْخُوش, and in the O الخَذْخُوَش, [all app. mistranscriptions, for I find nothing like them in Pers\. except partially, i. e. خُوش meaning “ dry,” like خُشْك,]) and also called [in Arabic] القَفْلَةُ [the tree that has become dry]. (O.) [See also صَرِيعٌ, with the unpointed ص.]

A3: Also Silver: so in a verse cited voce إِنْ (page 107, third col.): (ISk, S, O:) or pure silver. (K.) A4: See also the next paragraph.

صَرِيفَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

A2: Also A thin, round cake of bread; syn. رُقَاقَةٌ: pl. صُرُفٌ and صِرَافٌ and [coll. gen. n.] ↓ صَرِيفٌ. (K.) خَمْرٌ صَرِيفِيَّةٌ Wine of صَرِيفُونُ, (S, O, K,) a place, (S, O,) i. e. a town, (O,) in El-' Irák, (S, O,) in the Sawád of El-' Irák near 'Okbarà, (O, TA;) not, as it is implied in the K, from another of the same name in Wásit: (TA:) or, as some say, wine just taken from the دَنّ [or jar]; like [as one says] لَبَنٌ صَرِيفٌ. (O, K.) صَرَّافٌ: see صَيْرَفِىٌّ: A2: and see also صَارِفٌ.

صِرِّيفٌ: see the next paragraph.

صَارِفٌ [act. part. n. of 1: as such having, among other meanings, the meaning of Grating, or creaking; or making a grating, or creaking, sound: and so ↓ صَرَّافٌ, but properly in an intensive sense; for] the dual of صَرَّافٌ is used by the poet Aboo-Khirásh as meaning two thongs of a sandal that make a creaking sound: (M:) [and ↓ صِرِّيفٌ likewise means making a creaking sound with the teeth: so accord. to Freytag, from Jereer.] One says, مَا فِى فَمِهِ صَارِفَةٌ, meaning He has not in his mouth a canine tooth [lit. a grater or creaker; for سِنٌّ صَارِفَةٌ a tooth that makes a grating, or creaking, sound]. (M.) A2: See also 1, last sentence.

صَارِفَةٌ: pl. صَوَارِفُ: see تَصَارِيفُ, below.

صَيْرَفٌ One who practices art or artifice or cunning, in the disposal, or management, of affairs; (S, M, O, K;) as also ↓ صَيْرَفِىٌّ; (S, O, K;) which latter is applied by the poet Suweyd Ibn-Abee-Káhil El-Yeshkuree [in the like sense] as an epithet to a tongue, in his saying, وَلِسَانًا صَيْرَفِيًّا صَارِمًا كَحُسَامِ السَّيْفِ مَا مَسَّ قَطَعْ

[And a cunning, sharp tongue, like the edge of the sword, what it touches it cuts]. (S, O.) b2: See also what next follows.

صَيْرَفِىٌّ i. q. ↓ صَرَّافٌ, (S, M, O, Msb,) or صَرَّافُ دَرَاهِمَ, (K,) and so ↓ صَيْرَفٌ, (M, Msb, K,) i. e. A money-changer; (M, Msb, TA;) except that صَرَّافٌ has an intensive signification [app. as meaning a skilful money-changer, and hence it is often used in the present day as meaning a banker]: (Msb:) all are applied to him who knows and distinguishes the relative excellence, or superiority, of pieces of money: (Mgh:) these appellations are from المُصَارَفَةُ, (S, O,) or from التَّصَرُّفُ, (M,) or from صَرْفٌ meaning “ excellence,” or “ superiority,” of one dirhem [or deenár] over another, (Mgh, and Msb on the authority of IF in relation to the first,) because such as excels, or is superior, is turned aside from the deficient: (Mgh:) the pl. is صَيَارِفَةٌ (S, M, O, K) and صَيَارِفُ (M) and صَيَارِيفُ, this last occurring in poetry, (S, M, O, K,) by poetic license, for the sake of the measure. (S, O.) b2: See also صَيْرَفٌ.

تَصَارِيفُ الأُمُورِ [and صَوَارِفُهَا pl. of ↓ صَارِفَةٌ] The varieties, or vicissitudes, of affairs or events. (M, TA.) مَصْرِفٌ A place of turning away or back: [see also مُنْصَرَفٌ:] hence, in the Kur [xviii. 51], وَلَمْ يَجِدُوا عَنْهَا مَصْرِفًا, (TA,) meaning [And they shall not find] a place to which to turn away, or back, from it: (Bd, Jel:) or, a turning away, or back, from it: (Bd:) pl. مَصَارِفُ. (TA.) مَصْرُوفٌ [pass. part. n. of 1: see its verb: b2: and] see مُنْصَرِفٌ: A2: see also صِرْفٌ.

مُتَصَرَّفٌ i. q. مُتَقَلَّبٌ [as meaning Place, or scope, or room, for free action]. (A, voce سَرْبٌ [q. v.]; and so in the Fáïk.) مُتَصَرِّفٌ is an epithet applied to a verb [as meaning That is perfectly inflected], opposed to جَامِدٌ [q. v.]. (TA, voce قَدْ.) b2: [ظَرْفٌ مُتَصَرِّفٌ and طَرْفٌ غَيْرُ مُتَصَرِّفٍ signify the same, respectively, as ظَرْفٌ مُتَمَكِّنٌ and ظَرْفٌ غَيْرُ مُتَمَكِّنٍ: see art. مكن. b3: وَكِيلٌ مُتَصَرِّفٌ, means A factor, an agent, or a deputy, who acts according to his own free will in the disposal, or management, of an affair.]

مُنْصَرَفٌ is a n. of place, [meaning A place of turning away or back, like مَصْرِفٌ,] as well as an inf. n. [of 7]. (S.) مُنْصَرِفٌ and غَيْرُ مُنْصَرِفٍ denote the two different sorts of nouns, (O, K,) meaning, respectively, [like ↓ مَصْرُوفٌ and غَيْرُ مَصْرُوفٍ,] Inflected, or declined, with tenween, and not so inflected or declined. (O, TA.)

صدق

1 صَدَقَ, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) aor. ـُ (M, TA,) inf. n. صِدْقٌ (S, * M, O, * Msb, K, TA) and صَدْقٌ, (M, K,) the former of which is the more chaste, (TA,) or the latter is an inf. n. and the former is a simple subst., (K,) and تَصْدَاقٌ (M) and مَصْدُوقَةٌ, (O, K, TA,) which is one of the [few] inf. ns. of the measure مَفْعُولَةٌ, (O, TA,) [or a fem. pass. part. n. used as an inf. n. like as is said of its contr.

مَكْذُوبَةٌ,] he spoke, said, uttered, or told, truth, or truly, or veraciously; contr. of كَذَبَ: (Msb: [and in like manner it is said in the S and M and O and K that صِدْقٌ is the contr. of كَذِبٌ:]) Er-Rághib says that صِدْقٌ and كَذِبٌ are primarily in what is said, whether relating to the past or to the future, and [in the latter case] whether it be a promise or other than a promise; and only in what is said in the way of information: but sometimes they are in other modes of speech, such as asking a question, and commanding, and supplicating; as when one says, “Is Zeyd in the house? ” for this implies information of his being ignorant of the state of Zeyd; and when one says, “ Make me to share with thee, or to be equal with thee,” for this implies his requiring to be made to share with the other, or to be made equal with him; and when one says, “Do not thou hurt me,” for this implies that the other is hurting him: صِدْقٌ, he says, is [by implication] the agreeing of what is said with what is conceived in the mind and with the thing told of, together; otherwise it is not complete صِدْق, but may be described either as صِدْق or sometimes as صِدْق and sometimes as كَذِب according to two different points of view; as when one says without believing it, “Mohammad is the Apostle of God,” for this may be termed صِدْق because what is told is such, and it may be termed كَذِب because it is at variance with what the speaker conceives in his mind. (TA.) One says, صَدَقَ فِى الحَدِيثِ [He spoke truth in the information, or narration]. (S, O, K.) And صَدَقَهُ i. e. He told him, or informed him, with truth, or veracity, (AHeyth, * M, Msb, *) فِى القَوْلِ [in the saying]; for it is trans. as well as intrans. (Msb.) And صَدَقَهُ الحَدِيثَ (S, O, K, in the CK [erroneously] صَدَّقَ فُلانًا الحَدِيثَ) He told him with truth, or veracity, the information, or narration; for it is sometimes doubly trans. (TA.) And صَدَقَنِى سِنَّ بَكْرِهِ [He hath told me truly the age, or as to the age, of his youthful camel; or صَدَقَنِى سِنُّ بَكْرِهِ the age of his youthful camel has spoken truly to me]: (S, O, K:) a prov., (S, O,) expl. in art. بكر [q. v.]. (K.) And فُلَانٌ لَا يَصْدُقُ أَثَرُهُ and أَثَرَهُ, meaning Such a one, when asked, will not tell truly whence he comes. (M.) And صَدَقَتْ يَمِينُهُ His oath was, or proved, true. (Msb in art. بت.) صَدَقْتُ اللّٰهَ حَدِيثًا إِنْ لَمْ أَفْعَلْ كَذَا is an oath of the Arabs, meaning لَا صَدَقْتُ الخ [May I not utter truly to God a saying, i. e. may I not speak truth to God, if I do not such a thing]. (AHeyth, O, K.) One says also, صَدَقَهُ النَّصِيحَةَ, and الإِخَآءَ, He rendered to him truly, or sincerely, good advice, and brotherly affection. (M.) And صَدَ قُوهُمُ القِتَالَ (S, M, K, * TA) [They gave them battle earnestly, not with a false show of bravery; as is implied in the S, and M, and K; i. e.] they advanced against them boldly in fight: (M, TA:) and in like manner, صَدَقُوا فِى القِتَالِ they advanced boldly in fight: or, accord. to Er-Rághib, the former means they gave them battle so as to fulfil their duty: and hence, in the Kur [xxxiii. 23], رِجَالٌ صَدَقُوا مَا عَاهَدُوا اللّٰهَ عَلَيْهِ, Men who fulfilled the covenant that they had made with God. (TA.) And صَدَقَ اللِّقَآءَ, inf. n. صِدْقٌ, He was firm, or steady, in encounter, or conflict. (M, TA.) and صَدَقَ ظَنِّى My opinion was, or proved, true, or correct, like as one says [in the contrary case], كَذَبَ: (Er-Rághib, TA:) whence, in the Kur [xxxiv. 19], وَلَقَدْ صَدَقَ عَلَيْهِمْ إِبْلِيسُ ظَنَّهُ, meaning فِى ظَنِّهِ [i. e. And assuredly Iblees was, or proved to be, correct in his opinion that he had formed against them]: but some read ↓ صَدَّقَ, meaning, as Fr says, حَقَّقَ [i. e. Iblees proved, or found, to be true, his opinion &c.]. (TA.) and صَدَقَتْهُ نَفْسُهُ His soul [told him truth; meaning,] diverted him, or hindered him, or held him back, from an undertaking, causing him to imagine himself unable to prosecute it. (TA in art. كذب.) And صَدَقَ الصُّبْحُ [The dawn shone clearly]. (S in art. سقط.) [And one says of a word or the like, يَصْدُقُ عَلَى كَذَا, meaning It applies correctly to such a thing.] b2: صَدَقَ الوَحْشِىُّ: see 2, near the end.2 صدّقهُ, (S, M, O, &c.,) inf. n. تَصْدِيقٌ, contr. of كَذَّبَهُ. (O, * K.) [This explanation implies several meanings here following.] He attributed, or ascribed, to him truth, veracity, or the speaking truth. (Msb.) And He said to him, “Thou hast spoken truth. ” (Msb.) He accepted, or admitted, [or assented to, or believed,] what he said: (M:) you say, صدّقهُ فِى حَدِيثِهِ [He accepted, &c., what he said in his information, or narration]: (S:) and you say صدّق بِلِسَانِهِ [He assented to the truth of what was said with his tongue]; as well as بِقَلْبِهِ [with his heart, or mind]. (T in art. اَمن.) He held him to be a speaker of truth. (MA.) [He found him to be a speaker of truth. He, or it, proved him to be a speaker of truth; verified him; or confirmed the truth of what he said: see an ex. in a verse cited voce بَيْنٌ.] He found it (an opinion) to be true, or veritable. (Ksh and Bd and Jel, in xxxiv. 19.) He verified it; confirmed its truth; or proved it to be true, or veritable; i. e. an opinion [&c.]; syn. حَقَّقَهُ: (Ksh and Bd, ibid.:) one says, صَدَّقَ الخَبَرَ الخُبْرُ [The trial, proof, or test, verified the information]. (S in art. خبر.) See 1, near the end. In the saying in the Kur [xxxix. 34], وَالَّذِى جَآءَ بِالصِّدْقِ وَصَدَّقَ بِهِ, [which seems to be best rendered But he who hath brought the truth and he who hath accepted it as the truth, (see كَذَّبَ بِالأَمْرِ,)] 'Alee the son of Aboo-Tálib is related to have said that by الذى جآء بالصدق is meant Mohammad; and by الذى صدّق به, Aboo-Bekr: or, as some say, Gabriel and Mohammad [are meant by the former and the latter respectively]: or by the former, Mohammad; and by the latter, [every one of] the believers: (M:) accord. to Er-Rághib, by وصدّق به is meant and hath found, or proved, to be true (حَقَّقَ) that which he hath brought by word, by that which he hath aimed at (بِمَا تَحَرَّاهُ) by deed. (TA.) b2: صدّق is also said to signify He said, “This thing is the truth; ” like حَقَّقَ. (TA in art. حق.) b3: And this verb also denotes المُبَالَغَةُ فِى الصِّدْقِ: thus in the saying, صَدَّقَتْ فِيهِمْ ظُنُونِى

[My opinions respecting them were, or proved to be, very true or correct]. (Ksh, in xxxiv. 19.) b4: صدّق الوَحْشِىُّ, (O, K, TA,) or ↓ صَدَقَ, (so in a copy of the M,) (tropical:) The wild animal ran without looking aside, when charged upon, or attacked: (M, O, K, TA:) mentioned by IDrd. (O, TA.) A2: صَدَّقَهُمْ He exacted from them the poor-rate. (TA. [See صَدَقَةٌ.]) b2: See also 5.3 صَادَقْتُهُ, (M,) inf. n. مُصَادَقَةٌ (S, M, O, K) and صِدَاقٌ, (M, O, K,) the latter like كِتَابٌ, (TA, [in the CK erroneously written صَداق,]) I acted, or associated, with him as a friend, or as a true, or sincere, friend. (S, * M, O, * K. *) [See also 6.]4 اصدق المَرْأَةَ He named for the woman a صَدَاق [or dowry]: (S, M, * O, K:) or he gave her her صَدَاق: (M, * Msb:) or he appointed her, or assigned her, a صَدَاق, on taking her as his wife: (TA:) and he married her, or took her as his wife, on the condition of his giving her a صَدَاق. (Msb.) And sometimes this verb is doubly trans.; whence, in a trad., مَا ذَا تُصْدِقُهَا فَقَالَ إِزَارِى [It was said, “What is it that thou meanest for her, or givest her, as her dowry? ” and he said, “My waist-wrapper ”]. (Mgh.) 5 تصدّق عَلَيْهِ He gave him (i. e. the poor, Mgh, Msb) what is termed صَدَقَة, (M, Mgh, Msb,) meaning [an alms, or] what is given for the sake of God, (M,) or what is given with the desire of obtaining a recompense from God: (M, * Mgh:) and عليه ↓ صَدَّقَ signifies the same; (M, TA;) and in this sense صدّق is [said by some to be] used in the Kur lxxv. 31. (TA.) Hence, in the Kur [xii. 88], وَتَصَدَّقْ عَلَيْنَا: (TA:) or this means (assumed tropical:) And do thou confer a favour upon us by giving that which is [not like the mean merchandise that we have brought, but of middling quality,] between good and bad. (M.) One says, تَصَدَّقْتُ بِكَذَا, meaning I gave such a thing as a صَدَقَة. (Msb.) See an ex. voce شِقٌّ.

The saying, in a trad., إِنَّ اللّٰهَ تَصَدَّقَ عَلَيْكُمْ بِثُلُثِ

أَمْوَالِكُمْ, meaning (tropical:) [Verily God] hath conferred a favour [upon you by giving you a third of your possessions to bequeath to whom ye will], if correct, is tropical. (Mgh.) b2: It is said by Ibn-Es-Seed, on the authority of Az and IJ, and mentioned by IAmb, that تصدّق signifies also He asked, or begged, for what is termed صَدَقَة [or alms]: but Fr and As and others disallow the beggar's being called مُتَصَدِّق: (Az, TA:) IKt says that the verb is improperly used in this sense by the vulgar: (Msb:) [and accord. to J and Sgh,] one says, مَرَرْتُ بِرَجُلٍ يَسْأَلُ, and one should not say يَتَصَدَّقُ. (S, O.) 6 تَصَادُقٌ signifies The acting, or associating, as friends, or as true, or sincere, friends, one with another. (K. [See also 3.]) And I. q. صِدْقٌ: (TA:) [or rather mutual صِدْق; contr. of تَكَاذُبٌ:] one says, تَصَادَقَا فِى الحَدِيثِ and فِى المَوَدَّةِ (S, O, TA) They were true, or sincere, each to the other, in information, or narration, and in love, or affection; contr. of تَكَاذَبَا. (O, TA.) صَدْقٌ is an inf. n. of صَدَقَ [q. v.]: (M, K:) b2: and is used as an epithet, applied to a man &c.: (S, M, O, K, TA:) [and] ↓ صِدْقٌ [also, if not a mistranscription for صَدْقٌ,] is an inf. n. used as an epithet, applied to a man and to a woman: (so in a copy of the M and in the TA:) [it is said that] the former signifies Hard, (S, M, O, Msb,) applied to a spear, (S, M, O,) and to other things: (M:) or even, or straight; (S, O;) or it signifies thus also, applied to a spear, and to a sword: (M:) or hard and even or straight, applied to a spear, (K, TA,) and to a man, (K,) or to the latter as meaning hard: or, as IB says, on the authority of IDrst, it is not from hardness, but means combining those qualities that are commended; and it is applied to a spear as meaning long and pliant and hard, and the like; and to a man, and to a woman likewise [without ة, but see what follows], as meaning true in hardness and strength and goodness; for, IDrst says, if it meant hard, one would say حَجَرٌ صَدْقٌ and حَدِيدٌ صَدْقٌ, which one does not: (TA:) and, applied to anything, (O, K, TA,) it means complete, or perfect, (Kh, O, K, TA,) thus applied to a man, (TA,) such as is commended; (O;) fem. with ة, (O, K, TA,) applied to a woman: (O:) the pl. is صُدْقٌ, applied to a company of men, (S, O, K,) and صُدُقٌ (K) and صَدْقُونَ, so applied, and صَدْقَاتٌ applied to women: (O, K:) and Ru-beh says, describing asses, مَقْذُوذَةُ الآذَانِ صَدْقَاتُ الحَدَقْ meaning [Rounded, as though pared, in the ears,] penetrating in the eyes; (O, TA;) which is [said to be] tropical. (TA.) صَدْقٌ signifies also Firm, or steady, in encounter, or conflict: (M:) or one says صَدْقُ اللِّقَآءِ, applying this epithet to a man, (S, O, K, TA,) meaning thus: (TA:) and صَدْقُ النَّظَرِ [firm, or steady, in look]. (S, O, K, TA. [Said in the TA to be tropical.]) صِدْقٌ is an inf. n. of صَدَقَ [q. v.]: (M, K, &c.:) or a simple subst., (K,) signifying [Truth; veracity; or] agreement of what is said with what is conceived in the mind and with the thing told of, together; otherwise it is not complete صِدْق, as expl. above in the first paragraph of this art. (Er-Rághib, TA.) b2: It is also syn. with شِدَّةٌ [meaning Hardness; firmness, compactness, or soundness; strength, power, or force; vigour, robustness, sturdiness, or hardiness; and courage, bravery, or firmness of heart]: (K, TA: [in the latter of which it is said to be tropical; but this is evidently not the case accord. to the O, in which it is said that it radically denotes قُوَّةٌ (i. e. strength, force, &c.,) in a saying &c.: in the K it is implied by the context that it is syn. with شِدَّة when used as the complement of a prefixed n. in instances mentioned in what here follows: but Sgh says, more correctly,]) a noun signifying anything to which goodness is attributed is prefixed to صِدْق, governing it in the gen. case; so that one says (O) رَجُلُ صِدْقٍ (Sb, M, O, K) [A man of good nature or disposition or character &c.], contr. of رَجُلُ سَوْءٍ; (Sb, M;) and صَدِيقُ صِدْقٍ [a friend of good nature &c.]; (O, K;) and likewise اِمْرَأَةُ صِدْقٍ [a woman of good nature &c.]; (K;) and in like manner also حِمَارُ صِدْقٍ

[an ass of a good kind]; (Sb, M, K;) and ثَوْبُ صِدْقٍ [a garment, or piece of cloth, of good quality]. (Sb, M.) The saying in the Kur [x. 93], (O,) وَلَقَدْ بَوَّأْنَا بَنِى اِسْرَائِيلَ مُبَوَّأَ صِدْقٍ meansAnd verily we assigned to the Children of Israel a good place of abode. (O, K.) b3: See also صَدْقٌ.

صَدْقَةٌ: see صَدَاقٌ; each in two places.

صُدْقَةٌ: see صَدَاقٌ; each in two places.

صَدَقَةٌ [An alms; i. e.] a gift (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K) to the poor (S, O, Msb) for the sake of God, (M, K,) or to obtain a recompense from God; (M, * Mgh, K; *) a portion which a man gives forth from his property by way of propitiation, [to obtain the favour of God,] like زَكَاةٌ, except that the former is primarily applied to such as as is supererogatory, and the latter to such as is obligatory: but it is said to be applied to such as is obligatory [i. e. to the زَكَاة, q. v., meaning the poor-rate, which is the portion, or amount, of property, that is given therefrom, as the due of God, by its possessor, to the poor, according to a fixed rate,] when the person who does so aims at conformity with the truth in his deed: (Er-Rághib, TA:) [in this latter sense, which is indicated in the S and O &c., and more plainly in the M, it is very frequently used:] and thus it is used in the Kur ix. 104, and in like manner its pl. in ix. 60: (Er-Rághib, TA:) the pl. is صَدَقَاتٌ. (S, M, O, Msb.) It is said in a trad., لَا صَدَقَةَ فِى الإِبِلِ الجَارَّةِ [There is no poorrate in the case of working camels], because they are the riding-camels of the people; for the poorrate is in the case of pasturing camels, exclusively of the working. (S in art. جر.) b2: See also صَدَاقٌ.

صَدُقَةٌ: see صَدَاقٌ, in two places.

صُدُقَةٌ: see the next paragraph.

صَدَاقٌ and ↓ صِدَاقٌ, (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K,) the former of which is the most common of the dial. vars. here mentioned, (Msb,) [but] the latter is [said to be] more chaste than the former, (Mgh,) and ↓ صَدُقَةٌ, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) of the dial. of El-Hijáz, (Msb,) and ↓ صُدْقَةٌ, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) of the dial. of Temeem, (Msb,) and ↓ صَدْقَةٌ (M, O, Msb, K) and ↓ صُدُقَةٌ (M, O, K) and ↓ صَدَقَةٌ, (M, K,) The مَهْر (S, M, Mgh, O, K) of a woman; (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K;) [i. e. a dowry; nuptial gift; or gift that is given to, or for, a bride:] the pl. of صداق is صُدُقٌ, (M, Mgh, Msb,) a pl. of mult., (M,) or صُدْقٌ, (O,) or both, (K,) and أَصْدِقَةٌ, a pl. of pauc., (M,) or this is accordant to analogy, but has not been heard; (Mgh;) the pl. of ↓ صَدُقَةٌ is صَدُقَاتٌ; (S, Msb, K;) the pl. of ↓ صُدْقَةٌ is صُدْقَاتٌ and صُدَقَاتٌ and صُدُقَاتٌ, (O, * Msb, K,) which last is the worst; (K;) and the pl. of ↓ صَدْقَةٌ is صُدَقٌ, (Msb,) or صَدْقَاتٌ [by rule صَدَقَاتٌ]. (O.) صِدَاقٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

صَدُوقٌ Having the quality of speaking, saying, uttering, or telling, truth, or truly, or veraciously, in a high, or an eminent, degree; very, or eminently, true or veracious: (Msb:) pl. صُدُقٌ and صُدْقٌ. (K.) See also أَصْدَقُ.

صَدِيقٌ A friend: (O, K:) or a true, or sincere, friend: (S, M, Msb, TA:) applied likewise to a female, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) as also صَدِيقَةٌ, (S, M, Msb, K,) the former anomalous, the latter regular; (MF;) and to a pl. number, (S, M, O, K,) as in the Kur xxvi. 101 (M) [and in several other instances, of which see one in a verse cited voce رَوِىٌّ]: its proper pl. is أَصْدِقَآءُ (S, M, O, K) and صُدَقَآءُ and صُدْقَانٌ, (M, K,) the last on the authority of Fr, (TA,) and أَصَادِقُ, (M, O, K,) which is a pl. pl., (K,) said by IDrd to be anomalous, unless it be a pl. pl.: (O:) and the dim. is ↓ صُدَيِّقٌ; one says, هُوَ صُدَيِّقِى, meaning He is the most special, or most distinguished, of my friends, or of my true, or sincere, friends. (S, O, K.) صَدَاقَةٌ Love, or affection: (K:) or truth, or sincerity, of love or affection: (TA:) or friendship, or friendliness; (S, M;) or true, or sincere, friendship or friendliness: (S, M, Msb:) or true firmness of heart in love or affection; an attribute of a human being only. (Er-Rághib, TA.) صُدَيِّقٌ dim. of صَدِيقٌ, q. v. (S, O, K.) صِدِّيقٌ One who speaks, says, utters, or tells, truth, or truly, or veraciously, much, or often: (Mgh, O, K:) [or rather having the quality of speaking, saying, uttering, or telling, truth, or truly, or veraciously, in a very high, or very eminent, degree; for] it has a more intensive signification than صَدُوقٌ [q. v.]: (TA:) or i. q. مُصَدِّقٌ [which may have the latter of the two meanings expl. above, or may mean one who accepts, or admits, the truth of what is said, or who verifies, &c.: or مُصَدِّق in a high, or an eminent, degree; for it is added that] the fem. as used in the Kur v. 79 means superlative in الصِّدْق and التَّصْدِيق; as a possessive epithet, i. e. ذَاتُ تَصْدِيقٍ: (M:) or it signifies دَائِمُ التَّصْدِيقِ [i. e. always مُصَدِّق in one or another or all of the senses assigned to this word above: it may be correctly rendered eminently, or always, veracious: and eminently, or always, accepting, or confirming, the truth]: and it may mean one who verifies his saying by deed, or act: (S:) it is said in the “ Mufradát ” [of Er-Rághib] that it has the first of the meanings expl. in this paragraph: or rather means, one who never lies: or rather, one by whom lying cannot be practised because of his habitual veracity: or rather, one who is true in his saying and his belief, and who confirms his truth by his deed, or acting. (TA.) صَادِقٌ Speaking, saying, uttering, or telling, truth, or truly, or veraciously; true in respect of speech &c., or veracious. (Msb, TA.) b2: صِدْقٌ صَادِقٌ is a phrase like شِعْرٌ شَاعِرٌ, meaning Eminent, and exalted, veracity. (M, TA. *) b3: And حَمْلَةٌ صَادِقَةٌ [A charge, or an assault, made with earnestness, not with a false show of bravery,] is like the saying [in the contr. case] حَمْلَةٌ كَاذِبَةٌ. (M, TA: * said in the latter to be tropical.) See also مَصْدَق, in two places. b4: One says also تَمْرٌ صَادِقُ الحَلَاوَةِ, meaning Very sweet dates. (IDrd, O.) b5: And بَرْدٌ صَادِقٌ Vehement, or intense, cold. (TA voce بَحْتٌ &c.) الصَّيْدَقُ The small star cleaving to the middle one of [those called] بَنَاتُ نَعْشٍ الكُبْرَى [which compose the tail of Ursa Major]; (Kr, M, TA;) [i. e. the star called السُّهَا, q. v.; for] it is said that the first of بنات نعش الكبرى, that is at the extremity thereof, is named القَائِدُ; and the second is العَنَاقُ, and by the side of it is a small star named السُّهَا and الصَّيْدَقُ; and the third is الحَوَرُ: (O:) or, accord. to AA, (O, TA,) the pole-star (القُطْبُ). (O, K, TA. [But this is strange; and the more so as it is added in the K that it is expl. in art. قود; for the explanation in that art. (though not free from obvious mistakes) identifies الصَّيْدَقُ with السُّهَا.]) b2: And, (K,) accord. to Sh, (O, TA,) it signifies الأَمِينُ [The trusted, trusted in, or confided in, &c.]. (O, K. [But it is added in the O that Sh cites a verse of Umeiyeh Ibn-Abi- s-Salt in which الأَمِينُ is applied as an epithet to the star called الصَيدق.]) b3: And, (K,) accord. to some, as AA says, (O,) it signifies The king. (O, K.) فَعَلَهُ فِى غِبِّ صَادِقَةٍ [in the CK فَعَلَهُ غِبَّ صادِقَةٍ] means He did it after the affair, or case, had become manifest to him. (IDrd, O, K, TA.) صُنْدُوقٌ, mentioned in this art. in the S and Msb: see art. صندق.

أَصْدَقُ [More, and most, true or veracious]. One says أَصْدَقُ مِنْ قَطَاةٍ [More veracious than a katáh]; because the bird thus called cries قَطَا قَطَا; [thus telling where it is to be found;] its name being imitative of its cry: (Meyd, and TA in art. قطو:) hence it is called by the Arabs ↓ الصَّدُوقُ: the saying is a prov. (Meyd.) ذُو مَصْدَقٍ, (JK, S, M, O,) with fet-h, (S,) or ↓ ذُو مِصْدَقٍ like مِنْبَر, (K,) applied to a man, (JK, M,) [i. e.] applied to a courageous man, (S, O, K,) means الحَمْلَةِ ↓ صَادِقُ [Earnest, not making a false show of bravery, in the charge, or assault]; (JK, S, M, O, K;) or courageous [in the charge, or assault]: (JK:) مَصَادِقُ, occurring in a verse of Aboo-Dhu-eyb, may be for ذَوُو مَصَادِقَ; or it may be an anomalous pl. of صِدْقٌ [used as an epithet], like مَلَامِحُ and مَشَابِهُ [pls. of لَمْحَةٌ and شَبَهٌ]. (M.) Also, (S, M, O, K,) applied to a horse, (M,) [i. e.] applied to a fleet and excellent horse, (S, O,) in like manner, (M,) meaning الجَرْىِ ↓ صَادِقُ [Earnest in running]; (S, O, K;) as though fulfilling his promise of running: (S, O: [said in the TA to be tropical:]) Khufáf Ibn-Nudbeh says, إِذَا مَا اسْتَحَمَّتْ أَرْضُهُ مِنْ سَمَائِهِ جَرَى وَهْوَ مَوْدُوعٌ وَوَاعِدُ مَصْدَقِ meaning When his hoofs are wetted with the sweat of his upper parts, he runs, being left to himself, not beaten nor chidden, and a fulfiller of his promise to do his utmost. (S, O.) And sometimes it is applied to an opinion, in like manner [as meaning True, or sincere]. (M.) b2: مَصْدَقٌ also signifies Hardness. (Th, M.) b3: Also i. q. حَدٌّ [as meaning The edge of a sword]: (TA:) [in a copy of the M written جِدّ, which I think an evident mistake; for it is added,] and it is said to have this meaning in a verse of Dureyd Ibn-Es- Simmeh [relating to a sword]. (M, TA.) مِصْدَق: see the next preceding paragraph.

مُصَدَّقٌ A man from whom the poor-rate (صَدَقَة) of his cattle is exacted. (TA.) مُصَدِّقٌ One who accepts, admits, assents to, or believes, another in his information, or narration. (S, TA.) A2: Also The exactor, or collector, (S, M, O, Msb, K, TA,) of the صَدَقَات, (S, O, Msb, K, TA,) i. e. (TA) of the حُقُوق [or dues, meaning poor-rates], (M, TA,) of the cattle, (Msb,) or of the sheep or goats, (S, M, O, TA,) and of the camels, (M, O, TA,) for the persons to whom pertain the shares [thereof]. (TA.) مُصَّدِّقٌ: see مُتَصَدِّقٌ.

مِصْدَاقٌ A thing that confirms, or proves, the truth of a thing: (S, K:) [and] a verbal evidence of the truth, or veracity, of a man. (Har p. 106.) One says, هٰذَا مِصْدَاقُ هٰذَا This is what confirms, or proves, the truth of this. (S.) And شَىْءٌ لَيْسَ لَهُ مِصْدَاقٌ [A thing having nothing to verify it]. (IAar, TA in art. برق.) مَصْدُوقَةٌ [see 1, near the beginning]. One says لَيْسَ لِحَمْلَتِهِ مَصْدُوقَةٌ [meaning There is no earnestness attributable to his charge, or assault]; like as one says [in the contr. case], ليس لَهَا مَكْذُوبَةٌ. (M.) مُتَصَدِّقٌ One who gives what is termed صَدَقَة [meaning alms]: (S, O, Msb, K:) accord. to Kh, it means thus, and also one who asks [alms]; (O, TA;) and IAmb says the like; but Az says that the skilful of the grammarians disallow this; and thus say Fr and As and others: (TA:) [J, also, and Sgh and Fei, say that] it has only the former meaning: (S, O, Msb:) it is also pronounced ↓ مُصَّدِّقٌ, by substitution [of ص for ت] and incorporation [of one ص into the other]; (S, * O, * Msb, K; *) and this pronunciation of the pl. both masc. and fem. occurs in the Kur lvii. 17, (S, O, K,) where Ibn-Ketheer and Aboo-Bekr, differing from others, read without teshdeed to the ص. (O.)

سلم

1 سَلِمَ, [aor. ـَ inf. n. سَلَامَةٌ (S, M, A, Mgh, Msb, K) and سَلَامٌ (A, TA) and سَلَمٌ and سَلْمٌ and سِلْمٌ, (Bd in xxxix. 30,) He was, or became, safe, or secure; or he escaped; (M, TA;) or he was, or became, free; (TA;) مِنَ الآفَاتِ [from evils of any kind], (S, Mgh,) or مِنَ الآفَةِ [from evil of any kind], (K,) or مِنَ البَلَآءِ [from trial, or affliction], (A, TA,) or مِنَ الأَمْرِ [from the affair]: (M:) he (a traveller) was, or became, safe, secure, or free, from evils of any kind: (Msb:) and سَلِمَ مِنَ العَيْبِ he was, or became, free from fault, defect, imperfection, blemish, or vice; syn. بَرِئَ. (Msb in art. برأ.) [Hence,] one says, لَا بِذِى تَسْلَمُ مَا كَانَ

گَذَا وَكَذَا, (ISk, S, K, *) meaning No, by God [or Him] who maketh thee to be in safety, (ISk, S, K,) [such and such things were not;] and to two persons لا بذى تَسْلَمَانِ, and to a pl. number لا بذى تَسْلَمُونَ, and to a female لا بذى تَسْلَمِينَ, and to a pl. number [of females] لا بذى تَسْلَمْنَ. (ISk, S, K. *) And لَا أَفْعَلُ ذٰلِكَ بِذِى تَسْلَمُ, meaning, بِذِى سَلَامَتِكِ [i. e. I will not do that, by the Author (lit. Lord or Master) of thy safety]; and in like manner, بذى تَسْلَمَانِ, and بذى تَسْلَمُونَ. (Sb, M. [See also ذو.]) And اِذْهَبْ بِذِى تَسْلَمُ, i. e. اِذْهَبْ بِسَلَامَتِكَ [Go thou with thy safety; or, with the Author of thy safety to protect thee; meaning go thou in safety]; and [to two persons]

اِذْهَبَا بِذِى تَسْلَمَانِ. (S, K.) ذى is thus prefixed to a verb [as virtually governing it in the gen. case] like as آيَة is in an instance mentioned under this latter word; but these are two extr. instances; for only a noun significant of time is [regularly] prefixed to a verb, as in the phrase هٰذَا يَوْمُ يُفْعَلُ, meaning يُفْعَلُ فِيهِ: (Akh, S:) it is not prefixed to any but this verb تَسْلَمُ [and its variations as above mentioned]. (Sb, M, K.) b2: And hence, (Mgh,) one says also, سَلِمَتْ لَهُ الضَّيْعَةُ, meaning [The landed estate] was, or became, free from participation to him; syn. خَلَصَت. (Mgh, TA.) A2: سلمهُ, [app. سَلَمَهُ, or perhaps سَلِمَهُ, for some verbs of this measure are trans., as حَسِبَ and وَرِثَ,] inf. n. سلم, [app. سَلَمٌ, q. v. infrà,] He made him a captive. (TA.) A3: سَلَمَتْهُ الحَيَّةُ, (TA,) inf. n. سَلْمٌ, (M, K, TA,) The serpent bit him: (M, * K, * TA:) mentioned by Az, but he adds that no one but Lth has said this. (TA.) A4: سَلَمَ الجِلْدَ, aor. ـِ (S, K,) inf. n. سَلْمٌ, (TA,) He tanned the skin with [قَرَظ, i. e. leaves of] the سَلَم [or mimosa flava]. (S, K, TA.) b2: سَلَمَ الدَّلْوَ, (M, K,) aor. ـِ inf. n. سَلْمٌ, (M,) He finished making the leathern bucket; and made it firm, strong, or sound, or made it firmly, strongly, or soundly. (M, K.) 2 سلّمهُ, (S, M, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَسْلِيمٌ, (K,) He (God) made him to be safe, secure, or free; saved, secured, or freed, him; (M, Msb, TA;) مِنَ الآفَاتِ [from evils of any kind], (S, Msb,) or مِنَ الآفَةِ [from evil of any kind], (K,) or مِنَ الأَمْرِ [from the affair]. (M.) [Freytag assigns the same meaning to ↓ اسلمهُ also, as on the authority of the Ham; in which I find no explanation of this verb except one which will be found later in this paragraph.] b2: [Hence,] التَّسْلِيمُ is also syn. with السَّلَامُ, (S, K, TA,) as meaning The saluting, or greeting, one with a prayer for his safety, or security, or freedom, from evils of any kind in his religion and in his person; and the interpretation thereof is [the expressing a desire for] التَّخْلِيصٌ; (Mbr, TA;) or the saluting, or greeting, one with a prayer for his life; or, by saying سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ [q. v. infrà, voce سَلَامٌ]; syn. التَّحِيَّةُ. (TA.) You say, سَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ [meaning He so saluted, or greeted, him]. (M, Msb.) [This, when said of God, virtually means سَلَّمَهُ, i. e. He saved him; and should be rendered agreeably with this explanation in the phrase commonly used after the mention of the Prophet, صَلَّى اللّٰهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ May God bless and save him. You say also, سَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ بِالخِلَافَةِ He saluted him with the acknowledgment of his being Khaleefeh; saying, سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ يَا أَمِيرَ المُؤْمِنِينَ Salutation to thee, or peace be on thee, &c., O Prince of the Faithful.] التَّسْلِيمَةُ signifies The salutation that is pronounced on finishing every two rek'ahs in prayer: (Har p. 180:) [and also that which is pronounced after the last rek'ah of each of the prayers (i. e. after the sunneh prayers and the fard alike), addressed to the two guardian and recording angels: (see my “ Modern Egyptians,” ch. iii., p. 78 of the 5th ed.:) and سَلَّمَ means He pronounced either of those salutations.] b3: [Hence also,] سلّم إِلَيْهِ الشَّىْءَ, (S, K, *) inf. n. as above; (K;) and ↓ اسلم اليه الشىءَ; (M;) He gave to him the thing; (S, * M, K;) or delivered it to him: (M:) [he resigned it to him:] and سلّم إِلَيْهِ الوَدِيعَةَ, (Mgh,) or سلّم الوَدِيعَةَ لِصَاحِبِهَا, He delivered the deposit [to him, or] to its owner: (Msb:) and ↓ اسلم الثَّوْبَ إِلَى الخَيَّاطِ (Mgh) signifies the same as سلّمهُ إِلَيْهِ [i. e. He delivered the garment, or piece of cloth, to the tailor]. (Har p. 166.) b4: See also 4, in two places. b5: You say also, سلّم الأَجِيرُ نَفْسَهُ لِلْمُسْتَأْجِرِ The hired man gave himself up, or gave authority over himself, to the hirer. (Msb.) And ↓ أَسْلَمْتُهُ and سَلَّمْتُهُ I left him in the power of him who desired to kill him or to wound him. (Ham p. 115.) And لِلْهَلَكَةِ ↓ اسلمهُ [He gave him up to destruction]: in this case with [the prep.] ل only. (Har p. 166.) and الرَّجُلَ ↓ اسلم, (S, * M, Msb, *) or العَدُوَّ, (K,) He left, forsook, or deserted, (M, K,) the man, (S, * M, Msb, *) or the enemy; (K;) or abstained from aiding, or assisting, him; (S, M, Msb, K;) and threw him into destruction. (IAth, TA.) and لِمَا بِهِ ↓ اسلمهُ He left him [to that bane which was in him: app. referring to the bite of a serpent, or any evil affection: see سَلِيمٌ, third sentence]. (S, * M.) b6: And سلّم أَمْرَهُ إِلَى اللّٰهِ and ↓ اسلمهُ, both meaning the same, (S, Msb, K, TA,) i. e. He committed his case to God. (TA.) b7: And سلّم الدَّعْوَى He acknowledged the truth [or justice] of the claim, demand, or suit; [he conceded its truth or justice;] from سلّم الوَدِيعَةَ لِصَاحِبِهَا, expl. above; denoting an ideal delivering [or yielding of a thing to another person]. (Msb.) [Hence one says, سلّم أَنَّهُ كَذَا He conceded that it was thus.] b8: And التَّسْلِيمُ signifies also [The assenting, or] the giving [one's] approval (S, K, TA) unreservedly, (S,) to that which is ordained, or decreed, (S, K, TA,) by God; and the submitting to his commands; and the abstaining from offering opposition in the case in which it is not becoming [to do so]. (TA.) You say, سلّم لِأَمْرِ اللّٰهِ He assented to the command of God: [or he gave his approval to it:] or he submitted to it; as also ↓ اسلم. (MA.) 3 سالمهُ, (M, Msb,) inf. n. مُسَالَمَةٌ (S, M, Msb) and سِلَامٌ, (M, Msb,) He made peace, or became at peace or reconciled, with him; or he reconciled himself with him: [implying mutual concession, or a compromise:] (S, * M, Msb:) and سَالَمَا They made peace, or became at peace or reconciled, or they reconciled themselves, each with the other. (K.) 4 أَسْلَمَ see 2, in nine places. [The first of the meanings there assigned to this verb is, in my opinion, more than doubtful. In all its senses, it seems to be properly trans.: when it is used as an intrans. verb, an objective complement is app. understood. Thus,] أَسْلَمَ is syn. with أَسْلَفَ [as meaning He paid in advance, or beforehand]; (S, M, Mgh, Msb;) الثَّمَنَ [the price] being suppressed, though sometimes it is expressed; (Mgh;) as also ↓ سلّم; (M;) and ↓ تسلّم, as occurring in a trad., where it is said, مَنْ تَسَلَّمَ فِى شَىْءٍ فَلَا يَصْرِفُهُ إِلَى غَيْرِهِ [Whoso pays in advance for a thing, he shall not turn it over, or transfer it, to another than him]; but KT says that he had not heard this verb thus used except in this instance. (TA.) So the first of these verbs signifies in the saying, اسلم فِى الطَّعَامِ (S) or فى البُرِّ (Mgh) [He paid in advance for the wheat], and فى الشَّىْءِ [for the thing], as also ↓ سلّم. (M.) and hence the saying, إِذَا أَسْلَمَ صُوفًا فِى لِبْدٍ أَوْ شَعَرًا فِى

مِسْحٍ لَمْ يَجُزْ [If he give in advance wool for felt, or goats' hair for a garment, or piece, of haircloth, it will not be allowable]. (Mgh.) And so in the phrase, أَسْلَمْتُ إِلَيْهِ [I paid in advance to him]. (Msb.) b2: Also [He resigned, or submitted, himself; نَفْسَهُ being understood: or] he was, or became, resigned, or submissive; (M, K;) and so ↓ استسلم: (S, M, Msb, K:) you say, اسلم لِلّٰهِ [He resigned, or submitted, himself, or he was, or became, resigned, or submissive, to God: see also an ex. (before referred to) in the last sentence of the second paragraph: or he was, or became, sincere in his religion, or without hypocrisy, towards God: see مُسْلِمٌ]: (Msb:) [or]

اسلم signifies he entered into السِّلْم, (S, Msb,) which here means الاِسْتِسْلَام [i. e. the state of resignation, or submission]. (S.) b3: And He became a Muslim; as also ↓ تسلّم; (M, * K;) as in the saying, كَانَ كَافِرًا ثُمَّ تَسَلَّمَ, i. e. أَسْلَمَ [He was an unbeliever, or a denier of the unity of God, &c.; then he became a Muslim]: (M:) or he entered [the pale, or communion, of] the religion of الإِسْلَام. (S, * Msb.) الإِسْلَامُ as a principle of the law of God is The manifesting of humility or submission, and outward conforming with the law of God, and the taking upon oneself to do or to say as the Prophet has done or said: for this, the blood is to be spared, and one may demand the repelling of evil: (T, * M:) and if there is therewith firm belief with the heart, it is إِيمَانٌ: (T:) this is the doctrine of Esh-Sháfi'ee; but the doctrine of Aboo-Haneefeh makes no difference between these two terms: (KT:) [agreeably with the former doctrine,] Th well and briefly says, الاسلام is with the tongue, and الايمان is with the heart: and he says, in explaining verse 48 of ch. v. of the Kur, that every prophet has been sent with الاسلام, though the ordinances differ. (M.) b4: One says also, أَسْلَمْتُ عَنْهُ, meaning I left it [app. an affair, as in an explanation in the TK,] after I had been [engaged] in it. (Ibn-Buzurj, K.) And اسلم occurs intransitively in the saying, كَانَ رَاعِىَ غَنَمٍ ثُمَّ

أَسْلَمَ, meaning [He was a pastor of sheep, or goats; then] he left them. (M.) b5: [Freytag assigns to اسلم another signification “ Adscendere fecit (vid. a سُلَّم),” as from the Ham, p. 39: but this is app. a mistake, into which he has been led by a saying, there cited, of Zuheyr, which I read thus: هَوِىَّ الدَّلْوِ أَسْلَمَهَا الرِّشَآءُ (meaning, The descent, or as the descent, of the bucket that the well-rope has let go): and by its being there said that “ you should not prefer any reading of هوى to that with damm, though it has been said otherwise: ” whereas the correct reading is, in my opinion, هَوِىّ, agreeably with what here follows:] Er-Riyáshee says, on the authority of Az, that الهَوِىُّ, with fet-h, is downwards; and with damm, upwards; and he cites the saying above as an ex. of the word as meaning downwards. (TA in art. هوى.) 5 تسلّم مِنْهُ He asserted, or declared, himself to be free from, or clear of, or quit of, it, or him. (M.) b2: تسلّم is also syn. with أُسْلَمَ, in two senses: see the latter, in two places.

A2: and تسلّمهُ signifies He took it, or received it; namely, a thing given, or delivered. (S, M, Msb, K.) 6 تسالموا, (M,) and تسالما, (K,) inf. n. تَسَالُمٌ, (S,) They, (M,) or they two, (K,) made peace, or became at peace or reconciled, (S, * M, K,) one with another, (S, M,) or each with the other. (S, K.) [See also 8.] b2: One says of a man, (M,) of a great, or frequent, liar, (TA,) لَا تَسَالَمُ خَيْلَاهُ, [for تَتَسَالَمُ,] (M,) or لَا يَتَسَالَمُ خَيْلَاهُ, (K, TA,) [(assumed tropical:) His two troops of horses will not agree in pace, each with the other;] meaning (tropical:) [his assertions will not be found to agree together; or] he will not say what is true, so that it may be accepted from him: for تَسَالَمَتْ, said of horses, means (assumed tropical:) they kept pace, one with another; (تَسَايَرَتْ [q. v.];) not exciting one another. (M, K, TA.) 8 استلم He became at peace, or reconciled. (TA.) Hence the saying, (TA,) هُوَ لَا يَسْتَلَمُ عَلَى

سَخَطِهِ He will not become at peace, or reconciled, during his displeasure at a thing. (K, TA.) [See also 6.] b2: استلم الزَّرْعُ The seed-produce put forth its ears. (K.) A2: استلم الحَجَرَ He touched, (S, K,) or reached, (Mgh,) the stone, [meaning the Black Stone of the Kaabeh,] by kissing, or with the hand: (S, Mgh, K:) or he wiped it, or stroked it, with the hand: (Mgh:) or he kissed the stone: or he embraced it: (M:) and اِسْتَلْأَمَهُ signifies the same; (M, K;) but is not the original: (M:) accord. to ISk, the Arabs pronounced it with hemz, contr. to analogy; (Msb;) or it should not be pronounced with hemz, though some thus pronounce it, (S,) the original being استلم, (ISk, Msb,) because it is from سِلَامٌ [pl. of سَلِمَةٌ] signifying “ stones,” (ISk, S, * M, Msb, * [in the Mgh, from سَلِمَةٌ signifying “ a stone,” and in the Msb the pl. of سَلِمَةٌ is said to be سَلَامٌ, like كَلَامٌ,]) accord. to Sb, who says that it does not denote the act of taking; (M;) or, accord. to Sb, it is from السَّلَامُ, with fet-h, meaning “ salutation,” and it means the touching with the hand by way of salutation in order to obtain a blessing thereby: (TA:) but accord. to IAar, the original is with hemz, from المُلَآءَمَةُ, meaning الاِجْتِمَاعُ [“ the coming together,” &c., because denoting contact]. (Msb.) Abu-t-Tufeyl is related to have said, رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللّٰهِ صَلَّى اللّٰهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَطُوفُ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ يَسْتَلِمُ بِمِحْجَنِهِ وَيُقَبِّلُ المِحْجَنَ [i. e. I saw the Apostle of God (may God bless and save him) circuiting around the Kaabeh, upon his camel, touching the Black Stone with his hooked staff, and kissing the hooked staff]. (TA.) The primary signification of الاِسْتِلَامُ is [said to be] The wiping, or stroking, the سَلِمَة, i. e. the stone: afterwards it was used in relation to other things, and one said اِسْتَلَمْتُ يَدَهَا, meaning I stroked, or kissed, her hand. (Har pp. 30 and 31.) b2: استلم الخُفُّ قَدَمَيْهِ means The boot rendered his feet soft [after he had been accustomed to walking barefoot]. (TA.) 10 إِسْتَسْلَمَ see 4, in the former half of the paragraph.

A2: استسلم ثَكَمَ الطَّرِيقِ He went upon the middle of the road, not missing it. (K, * TA. [In the CK, after واسْتَسْلَمَ انقادَ, for وثَكَمَ الطَّرِيقِ, meaning واستسلم ثَكَمَ الطَّرِيقِ, is erroneously put وتَسَلَّمَ الطَّرِيقَ, assigning to تسلّم a meaning belonging to استسلم.]) Q. Q. 2 تَمَسْلَمَ [from مُسْلِمٌ] He named, or called, himself a Muslim; or he named himself Muslim; his name having before been Mohammad: (M, K:) mentioned by Er-Ru-ásee. (M.) سَلْمٌ: see the next paragraph, in six places.

A2: Also A leathern bucket (دَلْوٌ) having one عُرْوَة [or loop-shaped handle], (T, S, M, K,) with which the waterer walks, like the buckets (دِلَآء) of the attendants of the camels or other beasts upon which water is drawn or which carry water, (T, TA,) or like the دَلْو of the water-carriers: (S, K:) expl. in the S as above as on the authority of AA; but IB says that the correct explanation is, having one عَرْقُوَة [or stick fixed across from one part of the brim to the to the opposite part, serving as a handle as well as to keep it from collapsing]: (TA:) of the masc. gender [whereas دَلْوٌ is fem.]: (M:) pl. [of pauc.] أَسْلُمٌ and [of mult.] سِلَامٌ, (M, K,) and Lh mentions as its pl. أَسَالِمُ, which is extr. [unless as a pl. pl., i. e. pl. of أَسْلُمٌ]. (M.) سِلْمٌ Peace, or reconciliation; as also ↓ سَلْمٌ; (S, M, Msb, K;) masc. and fem.; (S, Msb, K; *) and ↓ سَلَمٌ and ↓ سَلَامٌ are like سِلْمٌ [in signification]: (M: [the context there shows that the signification mentioned above is what is meant in this instance:]) or سِلْمٌ signifies the making peace, or becoming at peace or reconciled, with another or others; (Ham p. 80;) as also ↓ سَلْمٌ; and both are sometimes fem. as being syn. with مُصَالَحَةٌ. (L voce جَنَحَ, q. v.) In the saying of El-Aashà, أَذَاقَتْهُمُ الحَرْبُ أَنْفَاسَهَا

↓ وَقَدْ تُكْرَهُ الحَرْبُ بَعْدَ السِّلِمْ [War made them, or has made them, to taste its draughts, and verily war is disliked after peace], he has transferred the vowel of the م to the ل, in pausing; or it may be that he has inserted a kesreh in imitation of the preceding kesreh: it is not an instance like إِبِل, in the opinion of Sb; for in his opinion the latter is the only instance of its kind. (M.) It is said in a trad., respecting El-Hodeybiyeh, أَخَذَ ثَمَانِينَ مِنْ أَهْلِ مَكَّةَ سِلْمًا, or ↓ سَلْمًا, or ↓ سَلَمًا, accord. to different relations, meaning [He took forty of the people of Mekkeh] peaceably: thus expl. by El-Homeydee, in his “ Ghareeb. ” (TA. [See also سَلَمٌ below.]) b2: Also i. q. ↓ سَلَامٌ, (S, K, TA,) as signifying Selfresignation, or submission; (TA; [and thus the latter is expl. in one place in the S;]) which is also a signification of ↓ سَلَمٌ: (S, M, K, TA:) and this is meant in the Kur [iv. 96], where it is said, لَسْتَ مُؤْمِنًا ↓ وَلَا تَقُولُوا لِمَنْ أَلْقَى إِلَيْكُمُ السَّلَامَ, (Bd, TA,) or ↓ السَّلَمَ, as some read, (Bd,) [i. e. and say not ye to him who offers to you submission, Thou art not a believer:] or ↓ السَّلَامَ here means the salutation of الإِسْلَام [by saying سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ]: (Bd, TA: *) or salutation, and submission by uttering the profession of الإِسْلَام; and so ↓ السَّلَمَ: (Jel:) [or the latter here means, simply, salutation; and this is app. what is meant by its being said that] السَّلَمُ is the subst. from التَّسْلِيمُ; (K;) [but accord. to SM,] this means the unreserved approval of what is decreed; and this is said to be meant by the reading السَّلَمَ mentioned above. (TA.) b3: And [hence] السِّلْمُ signifies also الإِسْلَامُ [as meaning The religion of the Muslims; because it is a religion of self-resignation, or submission]: (S, K:) this is meant in the Kur [ii. 204], where it is said, اُدْخُلُوا فِى السِّلْمِ كَافَّةً

[Enter ye into the religion of El-Islám wholly]; (S, Bd, Jel;) and so ↓ السَّلْمِ, as some there read; (Bd, Jel;) or both there mean submission and obedience to God: (Bd:) [and] ↓ السَّلَمُ [also] has the former meaning. (M.) A2: Also, (S, M, K,) and ↓ سَلْمٌ, (M,) A man, (S, K, TA,) [and] a woman, (M,) who makes peace, or is at peace, with another; (S, M, K;) and in like manner, a company of men (قَوْمٌ). (M.) This is said to be meant in the Kur [xxxix. 30], where it is said, وَرَجْلًا سِلْمًا لِرَجُلٍ, as some read, i. e. And a man who is at peace with respect to a man: (TA:) or سِلْمًا and ↓ سَلْمًا and ↓ سَلَمًا, three different readings, in the place of [the more common reading]

سَالِمًا, are all inf. ns. of سَلِمَ, used as epithets [syn. with سَالِمًا], or ذَا is suppressed before them. (Bd.) You say, أَنَا سِلْمٌ لِمَنْ سَالَمَنِى [I am one who is at peace with respect to him who is at peace with me]. (S, TA.) And a poet says, [using this word in two different senses, the latter of which has been mentioned above,] لِأَهْلِكِ فَاقْبَلِى سِلْمِى أَنَائِلُ إِنَّنِى سِلْمٌ [O Náïleh, (نَائِلُ being for نَائِلَةٌ, a woman's name, apocopated,) verily I am one who is at peace with respect to thy family, therefore accept thou my submission]. (TA. [It seems to be there indicated by the context that سلمى here means my peace, or reconciliation; which is less appropriate than the meaning that I have assigned to it.]) سَلَمٌ: see سَلَامٌ: and see also سِلْمٌ, in seven places. b2: Also, in buying or selling, (Msb,) the subst. from أَسْلَمَ فِى الشَّىْءِ and سَلَّمَ signifying

أَسْلَفَ, (M,) i. q. سَلَفٌ; (S, Msb, K;) i. e. Any money, or property, paid in advance, or beforehand, as the price of a commodity for which the seller has become responsible and which one has bought on description: (T and TA in art. سلف:) or payment for a commodity to be delivered at a certain [future] period with something additional to [the equivalent of] the current price at the time of such payment; this [transaction] being a cause of profit to him who makes such payment: (TA in that art.:) or a sort of sale in which the price is paid in advance, and the commodity is withheld, on the condition of description, to a certain [future] period: (S and O in that art., in explanation of سَلَفٌ:) but it is said in a trad. that the term سَلَمٌ as meaning سَلَفٌ was disliked; app. because the former is applied to obedience, and self-resignation, or submission, to God. (TA.) A2: And The making [one] captive. (K. [See 1, in the latter part of the paragraph.]) A3: And A captive; (K;) because he submits himself. (TA.) One says, أَخَذَهُ سَلَمًا, (M, TA, [in the TK بِالسَّلَمِ,]) He took him [a captive], (TA,) or made him captive, (M,) without war: (M, TA:) or he brought him in a state of submission, not resisting; and so, if wounded: (IAar, M, TA:) and thus El-Khattábee has expl. the phrase in the trad. respecting El-Hodeybiyeh cited above, voce سِلْمٌ. (TA.) A4: Also A sort of tree, (S, M, Msb, K,) [the mimosa flava of Forskål, who writes its Arabic name in Italic characters syllæm, and in Arabic characters سليم, (Flora Aegypt. Arab., p. cxxiii.,)] a species (M) of the [kind of thorny trees called] عِضَاه, (S, M, Mgh, Msb, TA, [not غَضَاة, as in the Lexicons of Golius and Freytag,]) the leaves whereof are the قَرَظ, with which skin is tanned: (TA:) AHn says, its branches are long, like rods; and it has no wood such as is used in carpentry, even if it grows large: it has slender, long thorns, grievous when they wound the foot of a man; and a yellow [fruit such as is termed] بَرَمَة [n. un. of بَرَمٌ, see this word, and see also حُبْلَةٌ,] which is the sweetest of the بَرَم in odour; and they tan with its leaves: and it is said, on the authority of the Arabs of the desert, that it has a yellow flower, containing a green grain (حَبَّة خَضْرَآء [or this may mean a grain of a dark, or an ashy, dustcolour]), of sweet odour, in which is somewhat of bitterness, and of which the gazelles are very fond: (M:) the n. un. is with ة: (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K:) and pl. أَسْلَامٌ, (M,) and سِلَامٌ is said by IB to be pl. of the n. un., like as إِكَامٌ is of أَكَمَةٌ. (TA.) [Hence,] ذَاتُ أَسْلَامٍ A land (أَرْض) that gives growth to the [trees called] سَلَم. (K.) See also سلَمَان.

سَلِمٌ Stones; (S, M;) as also ↓ سِلَامٌ: (M:) and ↓ سَلِمَةٌ [as n. un. of the former and sing. of the latter, (incorrectly written by Freytag, in one place, سَلَمَةٌ, and incorrectly said by him to be of the dial. of the people of Himyer,)] signifies a stone: (S, M, Mgh, Msb:) [or] the pl. [or quasipl. n.] of سَلِمَةٌ in this sense is ↓ سَلَامٌ, like كَلَامٌ in measure: (Msb:) or ↓ سَلِمَةٌ signifies stones; (K;) or hard stones; (TA;) and ↓ سِلَامٌ is its pl.: (K:) [said to be] so called because of their freedom (سلَامَة) from softness: (TA:) or this last signifies stones, the small thereof and the large; and they assign to it no sing.: (ISh, TA:) or سلام [probably meaning ↓ سَلَامٌ] is a quasi-pl. n.: (Aboo-Kheyreh, TA:) and it is also said to be a name for any broad stone. (TA.) See also سَلَمَان. A poet says, (namely, Bujeyr Ibn-'Anameh, IB, TA,) يَرْمِى وَرَائِى بِامْسَهْكِ وَامْسَهْمِ وَامْسَلِمَهْ [He casts from behind me (i. e. defends me) with the arrow and the stone]: this [usage of ام for ال] is of the dial. of [Teiyi and] Himyer. (S, TA.) السِّلِمْ for السِّلْمْ: see سِلْمٌ, second sentence.

سَلِمَةٌ: see سَلِمٌ, in two places: and سَلَمَان.

A2: Also A woman soft, or tender, in the أَطْرَاف [or fingers, or other extremities]. (K.) b2: And An old and weak she-camel. (IAar, TA in art. سد.) سَلْمَى A certain plant (K, TA) which becomes green in the [season called] صَيْف [app. here meaning spring]. (TA.) b2: أَبُو سَلْمَى The [species of lizard called] وَزَغ: (K:) or, some say, [as is said in the M,] ↓ أَبُو سَلْمَانَ. (TA.) b3: See also the next paragraph. b4: [In the CK, by a mistranscription, a meaning belonging to سُلَامَى is assigned to سَلْمَى.]

السَّلْمَآء, accord. to Aboo-Mis-hal, as meaning The earth, occurs in the prov., أَنْفٌ قِى المَآءِ وَاسْتٌ فِى السَّلْمَآءِ [A nose in the water and a rump on the earth]: and if this be correct, it may be derived from سلام [i. e. سِلَامٌ] meaning “ stones: ” and it may be originally ↓ السَّلْمَى, and lengthened for the sake of the rhyme. (Ham p. 214.) [But the reading commonly known is, أَنْفٌ فِى السَّلْمَآءِ وَاسْتٌ فِى المَآءِ.]

هُوَ سَلْمَانُ بَيْتِهِ He is the special, or particular, friend of his [another's] house; one who mixes with him much: from the saying of the Prophet, سَلْمَانُ مِنَّا أَهْلِ البَيْتِ [Selmán is of us, the people of the house]; referring to Selmán El-Fárisee. (Har p. 472.) b2: أَبُو سَلْمَانَ: see سَلْمَى. b3: Also A species of the [black beetles called] جِعْلَان [pl. of جُعَلٌ, q. v.]: (M:) or i. q. جُعَلٌ, (IAar, K,) or أَبُو جَعْرَان, with fet-h [app. a mistake for kesr] to the ج: (Kr, TA:) or the largest of the جِعْلَان: or a certain insect like the جُعَل, having a pair of wings: (TA:) or the male of the [black beetles called] خَنَافِس [pl. of خُنْفَسَآءُ, q. v.]. (IAar, TA in art. فرض.) سَلَمَان or سَلِمَان, accord. to different readings, occurs in a trad. of Ibn-'Omar, in which it is said, كَانَ يُصَلِّى عِنْدَ سَلَمَانٍ فِى طَرِيقِ مَكَّةَ [He used to pray at certain selem-trees, or certain stones, in the road of Mekkeh]: each may be a pl. [or rather a quasi-pl. n.]; the former, of ↓ سَلَمَةٌ, the “ tree so called; ” the latter, of ↓ سَلِمَةٌ, “ stones ” [or a “ stone: ” but both of these explanations are strange]. (TA.) سَلَامٌ, (S, K, TA,) in its primary acceptation, (TA,) is syn. with ↓ سَلَامَةٌ, (S, K, TA,) as is also ↓ سَلَمٌ, (S, [so in one of my copies, but omitted in the other copy,]) and signifies Safety, security, immunity, or freedom, from faults, defects, imperfections, blemishes, or vices, (S, * [mentioned in one only of my two copies, and there as relating peculiarly to the third word,] K, [in which it ostensibly relates peculiarly to the first word, but in the CK, by the omission of a و before it, it is made to relate only to the second word,] and TA, [accord. to which it relates to the first and second words, as it is well known to do,]) and from evils of any kind: (TA:) or [simply] safety, security, immunity, or freedom; as also ↓ سَلَامَةٌ: (Sb, M:) IKt says that these two words may be dial. vars. [syn. each with the other]; or the former may be pl. of the latter [or rather a coll. gen. n. of which the latter is the n. un.]: (M, TA:) and Suh says, in the R, that most of the lexicologists hold them to have one [and the same] meaning: but that if they considered the language of the Arabs, and the distinction, or limitation, denoted by the ة, they would see that between them is a great difference [inasmuch as the former has a large range of meaning which the latter has not, as will be seen from what follows]. (TA.) سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ is an announcement of the continuance of سَلَامَة [or safety, &c.]: (Bd in xiii. 24:) [it may therefore be rendered Safety, &c., be, or light and abide, on you; or, generally, peace be, or light and abide, on you; for] it means nothing disliked, or evil, shall befall you henceforth: (Bd in xvi. 34:) and سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ [may be rendered in like manner; for it virtually] means I will not do to thee anything that is disliked, or evil; (Bd and Jel in xix. 48;) nor say to thee henceforward what would annoy thee, or be disagreeable, or evil, to thee. (Bd ibid.) It may also be [rendered May safety, &c., or peace, be, or light and abide, on you; as] a prayer for سَلَامَة, to those to whom it is addressed, from the state in which they are at the time. (Bd in xxviii. 55.) [It is generally held that this salutation may not be used by, nor to, any but a Muslim.] In the beginning of an epistle, the approved practice is to write سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ, without the article ال; and in repeating it, at the end, to write it with that article. (Durrat el-Ghowwás, in De Sacy's Anthol. Gramm. Arabe, p. 72 of the Arabic text. [In the latter case, the general practice in the present day is to write simply وَالسَّلَام, suppressing عَلَيْكَ.]) In saluting the dead, one puts عَلَيْكَ first, saying, عَلَيْكَ سَلَامُ اللّٰهِ. (Ham p. 367.) You also say, مَا كَانَ كَذَا وَكَذَا ↓ لَا بِسَلَامَتِكَ [No, by thy safety, such and such things were not]. (S.) السُّلَامُ is also a name of God, (S, M, Msb, K,) [applied to Him in the Kur lix. 23, accord. to some for ذُو السَّلَامِ, i. e. ذُو السَّلَامَةِ,] because of his safety, or freedom, from defect, and imperfection, and cessation of existence; (IKt, M, TA;) or from variations, and as being the everlasting, who brings the creation to nought and will not come to nought; or, accord. to Suh in the R, He is so named [as being the Author of Safety, Security, &c.; i. e.] because He has rendered all his creatures safe, or free, from defectiveness, or unsoundness, and mankind and the jinn, or genii, from the betiding of injustice, or wrong, to them, from Him; and the expositors who assert that He is thus named because of his safety, or freedom, from imperfections, and evils of any kind, utter an unseemly saying, making سَلَامٌ to be syn. with ↓ سَالِمٌ, which latter applies only to him who is liable to evil of any kind, and who expects it, and then becomes safe, or free, from it. (TA.) دَارُ السَّلَامِ is an appellation of Paradise, (M, K,) [applied thereto in the Kur vi. 127 and x. 26,] as being the abode of everlasting safety, or security; (Zj, M, TA;) the abode of safety, or security, from evils of any kind, from death and decrepitude and diseases [&c.]: (TA:) or as being the abode of God. (M, TA.) b2: See also سِلْمٌ, in four places. b3: [As is there stated,] it signifies also Salutation, or greeting; (M, TA;) particularly the salutation of الإِسْلَام [by saying سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ or سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ, expl. above]; (Bd in iv. 96;) a subst. (S, Mgh, Msb, TA) from سَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ, (Msb,) [i. e.] from التُّسْلِيمُ, (S, Mgh, TA,) like كَلَامٌ from التَّكْلِيمُ. (Mgh. [See 2, third sentence.]) b4: In the saying in the Kur [xxv. 64], وَإِذَا خَاطَبَهُمُ الْجَاهِلُونَ قَالُوا سَلَامًا [And when the ignorant speak to them, they say, سَلَامًا], this last word signifies تَسَلُّمًا, (Sb, M,) or تَسَلُّمًا مِنْكُمْ [ for نَتَسَلَّمُ مِنْكُمْ تَسَلُّمًا We declare ourselves to be clear, or quit, of you], and مُتَارَكَهً لَلُمْ [ for نُتَارِكُكُمْ مُتَارَكَةً we relinquish you], (Bd,) [and means] there shall be neither good nor evil between us (Sb, M, Bd) and you: it is not the سلام that is used in salutation; for the verse was revealed at Mekkeh, and the Muslims had not then been commanded to salute the believers in a plurality of gods: (Sb, M:) [in iv. 88 of the Kur, which was promulgated afterwards, at ElMedeeneh, is a general command to return a salutation with a better or with the same; but the Sunneh prescribes that the salutation of سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ or سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكُمْ when addressed to a Muslim by one not a Muslim is to be returned only by saying وَعَلَيْكَ or وَعَلَيْكُمْ:] or the meaning in xxv. 64 is, they say a right saying, in which they are secure from harming and sinning. (Bd.) Sb asserts that Aboo-Rabee'ah used to say, إِذَا لَقِيتَ فُلَانًا فَقُلْ سَلَامًا, meaning تَسَلُّمًا [for أَتَسَلَّمُ مِنْكَ تَسَلُّمًا, i. e. When thou meetest such a one, say, I declare myself to be clear, or quit, of thee]: and he says that some of them said سَلَامٌ, meaning The case of me and thee is the [case of] being clear, or quit, each of the other; and the [case of] mutual relinquishing. (M.) [It is usual, in the present day, to say, اِفْعَلْ كَذَا وَالسَّلَام, meaning Do thou such a thing, and there will be an end of altercation between us.]

A2: See also سَلِيمٌ.

A3: Also A kind of trees; (S, M, Msb, K;) they assert that they are evergreen; nothing eats them; but the gazelles keep to them, and protect themselves by their shade, but do not hide among them; and they are not great trees, nor of the kind called عِضَاه: (AHn, M:) they are also called ↓ سِلَامٌ; (K;) or this is pl. of سَلَمَةٌ [n. un. of سَلَمٌ], which is of another kind; like as إِكَامٌ is pl. of أَكَمَةٌ: (IB, TA:) n. un. with ة. (S, M.) السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ was said to an Arab of the desert; and he replied, الجَثْجَاثُ عَلَيْكَ: and being asked, “ What is this reply? ” he answered, “They are two bitter trees: thou hast put upon me one, so I have put upon thee the other. ” (K.) A4: See also سَلِمٌ, in two places.

سِلَامٌ: see سَلِمٌ, in two places: A2: and the paragraph here next preceding, last sentence but two.

سَلِيمٌ i. q. ↓ سَالِمٌ, (S, M, K,) which means Safe, secure, or free, (Msb,) from evils of any kind; (K, Msb, TA;) applied to a man: (M:) pl. سُلَمَآءُ; (M, K, TA;) in some copies of the K سَلْمَى, like جَرْحَى pl. of جَرِيحٌ; (TA;) [but this is probably its pl. only when it is used in the sense of جَرِيحٌ or the like, as seems to be the case from what follows.] Also, (M,) applied to a heart: (S, M:) بِقَلْبٍ سَلِيمٍ, in the Kur xxvi. 89, means With a heart free from unbelief: (M, TA:) or, divested of corruptness, or unsoundness: (Er-Rághib, TA:) in the Kur xxxvii. 82, some say that it means with a grieving, or sorrowful, heart; from سَلِيمٌ in the sense here next following. (Bd.) b2: Also i. q. لَدِيغٌ [meaning Bitten by a serpent]; (S, M, K;) as also ↓ سَلَامٌ (S, K) and ↓ مَسْلُومٌ: (K:) app., (S,) as implying a good omen, of safety; (S, M;) or because the person is left (مُسْلَمٌ) to that [bane] which is in him: (IAar, S, * M:) and sometimes it is metaphorically used as meaning (tropical:) wounded: (M:) or it means wounded, at the point of death, (M, K,) as some say: (M:) pl. سَلْمَى. (M, and Ham p. 214.) A2: Also, (M, K,) of a horse, (M,) The part, of the hoof, that is between the أَشْعَر [or hair, or extremity of the skin, next the hoof], (M, TA,) or that is between the أَمْعَر [q. v.], (K,) but the former is the right, (TA,) and the interior of the hoof. (M, K, TA.) سَلَامَةٌ [the most usual inf. n. of سَلِمَ]: see سَلَامٌ, in three places.

A2: Also n. un. of سَلَامٌ applied to a kind of trees [described above]. (S, K.) سُلَامَى, a noun of the fem. gender, (Msb,) A certain bone that is in the فِرْسِن [q. v., here meaning foot] of the camel: (S, K:) this is said by A'Obeyd to be the primary signification: (S:) or the سُلَامَى of the camel are the bones of the فُرْسِن [or foot]: (M:) [for] سُلَامَى is used alike as sing. and pl., and sometimes it has also a pl., (S,) which is سُلَامَيَاتٌ: (S, M, K:) or it is a pl. [or rather a coll. gen. n.], of which the sing. [or n. un.] is سُلَامَيَةٌ, signifying the أَنْمَلَة [q. v.] of [any of] the fingers: (IAth, TA:) [but this is a strange explanation:] it is said that the last parts in which مُخّ [here meaning marrow or pulp and the like] remains in a camel when he has become emaciated are the سُلَامَى and eye; and when it has gone from these, he has none remaining: (S:) the pl. سُلَامَيَاتٌ, (S, TA,) or سُلَامَى, (M, Msb,) also signifies the bones of the أَصَابِع, (S, M,) so says Kh, and Zj adds that they are also called the قَصَب, (Msb,) of the hand and of the foot; (M;) [i. e., of the fingers and of the toes; and this seems to be the most common meaning, in relation to a human being; namely, the phalanges of the fingers and of the toes;] that are between every two joints [and what are beyond the extreme joints] of the أَصَابِع: accord. to Lth, the سلامى are the bones of the أَصَابِع [or fingers and toes] and the أَشَاجِع and the أَكَارِع, and are hard and compact bones like كِعَاب [pl. of كَعْبٌ]: (TA: [see the words that I have here left untranslated, for the senses in which they are here used are doubtful:]) accord. to IAar, (M,) certain small bones, of the length of the إِصْبَع [or finger], (M, K,) or nearly so, (M,) or less, (K,) of which there are four, or three, (M,) [or app., five, for the meaning here seems to be the metacarpal and metatarsal bones, to which the terms سُلَامَى and سُلَامَيَاتٌ are sometimes applied, (see أَشْجَعُ and مُشْظٌ,)] in the hand and in the foot, (K,) [i. e.] in each hand and foot: (M:) Ktr says that the سلاميات are the عُرُوق [app. a mistake for عِظَام i. e. bones] of the outer side of the hand and foot: (Msb:) سلامى is also said to signify any small hollow bone: and any bone of a human being: and ISh says that in every horse are six سلاميات [app. in the fore legs and the same in the hind legs; for he seems to mean that the term سلامى is applied to each of the pasternbones and to the coffin-bone; these three corresponding to the phalanges of a human being: see فَصٌّ]: (TA:) it is not allowable to write سلامى otherwise than with what is termed the short alif. (MF, TA.) A2: سُلَامَى, (M, K,) like سُكَّارَى, (K, TA, [in the CK like سَكْرٰى, which is shown to be wrong by a verse cited in the M and TA,]) signifies also The [south, or southerly, wind called] جَنُوب. (M, K.) سَلَامَانٌ A kind of tree, (S, M, K,) growing in soft, or plain, tracts: (M:) Az says, it is like the أَلَآء, which is a tree resembling the myrtle, which changes not in the midst of summer, and which has a produce resembling the head [or ear] of millet (ذُرَة), except that it is smaller than the الآء; tooth-sticks (مَسَاوِيك) are made from it; and its produce is like that of the الآء; and it grows in the sands and the deserts: (TA in art. الأ:) n. un. with ة. (M.) نَمْلُ سُلَيْمَانُ Red ants [lit. the ants of Solomon]. (TA voce أَحْوَى, in art. حو.) سُلَّمٌ A ladder, or a series of stairs or steps, syn. مِرْقَاةٌ, (M, K,) and دَرَجَةٌ, (M,) or مِعْرَاجٌ, (Msb,) upon which one ascends; (S, Mgh;) either of wood or of clay [&c.]: (Mgh:) said by Zj to be so called because it delivers thee (يُسَلِّمُكَ) to the place to which thou desirest to go, (Mgh, TA,) i. e., to some high place, and thou hopest for safety (السَّلَامَة) by means of it: (Er-Rághib, TA:) masc. and fem.; (Lth, M, Mgh;) [app., accord. to Lth and F, generally fem.; for] accord. to Lth, one says, هِىَ السُّلَّمُ and هُوَ السُّلَّمُ; (Mgh;) [and F says,] it is sometimes made masc.: (K:) pl. سَلَالِيمُ (S, Mgh, K) and سَلَالِمُ, (K,) [which latter is the original, for] the ى in سَلَالِيمُ is added by poetic license. (M, TA.) [Hence,] السُّلَّمُ (assumed tropical:) Certain stars, below [those called] العَانَةُ, on the right of them; (K;) as being likened to the سُلَّم [above-mentioned]. (TA.) b2: And The غَرْز [or stirrup of the camel's saddle] (S, K) is sometimes thus called [as being a means of mounting]. (S.) b3: And (tropical:) A means to a thing; (K, TA;) because it leads to another thing like as does the سُلَّم upon which one ascends. (TA.) b4: And السُّلَّمُ is the name of The horse of Zebbán (in the CK Zeiyán) Ibn-Seiyár. (K.) سَالِمٌ: see سَلِيمٌ; and see سَلَامٌ, near the middle of the paragraph. [See also an ex. voce شَاجِبٌ.]

b2: [Hence,] كَلِمَةٌ سَالِمَةُ العَيْنَيْنِ (tropical:) A good word or expression or sentence. (TA.) A2: The saying of J [in the S], (K,) in which he has followed his maternal uncle El-Fárábee, (TA,) that it signifies The portion of skin between the eye and the nose, is a mistake; (IB, K;) and his citation, as an authority, of the verse of 'AbdAllah Ibn-'Omar (K) in which he says, وَجِلْدَةُ بَيْنَ العَيْنِ وَالأَنْفِ سَالِمُ (TA,) is futile: (K:) for, as IB says, Sálim was the son of Ibn-'Omar, who, by reason of his love of him, thus makes him to be as the skin between his eyes and his nose: or, as MF says, the truth is, that the said verse is by Zuheyr, and Ibn-'Omar used it as a proverb: and [SM says], if this be correct, it strengthens the saying of J. (TA.) أَسْلَمُ [More, and most, safe or secure or free from evils of any kind]. You say, هٰذَا أَسْلَمُ مِنْ هٰذَا [This is more safe &c. than this]: and هٰذَا الأَسْلَمُ [This is the most safe &c.]; and هٰذِهِ السُّلْمَى. (Ham p. 214.) A2: And الاسلم [app. الأَسْلَمُ] signifies, like الطفى [i. e. الطَّفْىُ]; The leaves (خُوص) of the دَوْم [or Theban palm]. (Ibn-Beytár, app. from AHn, cited by De Sacy in his Chrest. Arabe, 2nd ed., iii. 480.) الإِسْلَامُ [inf. n. of 4, q. v. b2: It is the general term for The religion of Mohammad: differing from الإِيمَانُ, as shown above: see 4. b3: and hence, for أَهْلُ الإِسْلَامِ, or the like,] The Muslims, collectively. (M in art. بيض, &c.) إِسْلَامِىٌّ [Of, or relating to, الأِسْلَام as meaning the religion of Mohammad. b2: And particularly] A poet of the class next after the مُخَضْرَمُون and next before the مُوَلَّدُون. (Mz 49th نوع.) [See the Preface to the present work, p. ix.] The most celebrated of the poets of this class, it seems, were Jereer, El-Farezdak, El-Akhtal, and Dhu-rRummeh, who were contemporaries, and flourished in the first and second centuries of the Flight. (Mz ubi suprà, and Ibn-Khillikán in art. جَرِير.) b3: لَفْظٌ إِسْلَامِىٌّ A word, or phrase, introduced, or used in a new sense, on the occasion of the promulgation and establishment of the religion of الإِسْلَام, by means of the Kur-án &c. (Mz 20th نوع.) الأُسَيْلِمُ [The vena salvatella;] a certain vein (S, M, K) in the hand, (M,) between the little finger and the finger next to this: (S, K:) it occurs only [thus] in the dim. form. (M.) مُسْلِمٌ act. part. n. of 4 [q. v.]. (Msb.) وَاجْعَلْنَا مُسْلِمِينَ لَكَ, in the Kur ii. 122, means And make both of us self-resigned, or submissive, to Thee: (Bd, Jel:) or, sincere in religion, or without hypocrisy, towards Thee; syn. مُخْلِصَيْنِ: (M, Bd:) and therefore مسلمين is made trans. by means of ل. (M.) b2: [It commonly means One who holds, or professes, the religion of الإِسْلَام.] And one says, ↓ كَأَنَ كَافِرًا ثُمَّ هُوَاليَوْمَ مُسْلَمَةٌ [He was an unbeliever: then, to day, he has become a Muslim]. (M.) مَسْلَمَةٌ: see what next precedes.

المُسَلَّم is said to be used in the sense of ↓ المُسْتَلَم in the saying of El-'Ajjáj, بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالكَعْبَةِ المُسَلَّممِ [Between Es-Safà and the Kaabeh of which the Black Stone is touched with the hand, or kissed: see 8]. (M.) مَسْلُومٌ: see سَلِيمٌ. b2: b3: Also A hide, or skin, tanned with [قَرَظ, or leaves of] the سَلَم. (S, M.) أَرْضٌ مَسْلُومَآءُ A land abounding with the trees called سَلَم. (M, K.) b2: Suh says, on the authority of AHn, that مَسْلُومَآءُ is a name for A collection of سَلَم; like مَشْيُوخَآءُ applied to “ many elders, or men advanced in age. ” (TA.) المُسْتَلَم: see المُسَلَّم. b2: مُسْتَلَمُ القَدَمَيْنِ meansA man soft, or tender, in the feet. (TA.)

من

ى1 مَنَاهُ He tried him; proved him. (S, K.) You say, مَنَاهُ اللّٰهُ بِحُبِّهَا God tried him by love of her. (T.) And مُنِىَ بِكَذَا He was tried by such a thing. (T.) b2: مَنَى He meditated [a thing in his mind]; syn. قَدَّرَ. (Bd, ii. 73.) See أَمِنْيَّةٌ.5 تَمَنَّاهُ He wished, or desired, it. (K, TA.) b2: التَّمَنِّى relates to that which is possible and to that which is impossible: whereas التَّرَجِّى relates only to what is possible. (I'Ak, p. 90.) 10 تُسْمَنْنَى

, said of a she-camel: see 8 in art. سمو.

مَنًى

see مَنِيَّةٌ.

مُنْيَةٌ A thing wished for by a man: pl. مُنًى. (T.) This word and ↓ أُمْنِيَّةٌ signify the same. (M, Mgh, Msb, K.) See an ex. in a verse cited voce أَوْ b2: المُنْيَةُ in the case of a covered she-camel, The period by the end of which one knows whether she be pregnant or not. (M.) b3: مُنْيَةٌ of a mare, Twenty days. (M, voce سَفُودٌ.) مَنِيَّةٌ [A decreed event. Fate; destiny:] The decree of death: (IB:) or the decreed term [of life, or] of a living being: (Er-Rághib:) death; (S, M, K;) because it is decreed; (S, M;) as also ↓ مَنًى: (M, K:) [properly a thing decreed: and hence the pl.] المَنَايَا signifies the fates or decrees [of God]. (T.) b2: مَنِيَّةٌ also means (assumed tropical:) A man of courage upon his saddle: (TA in art. حوى:) pl. مَنَايَا: see an ex. voce حَوِيَّةٌ.

أُمْنِيَّةٌ An object of wish, or desire: originally, a thing that a man meditates (يُقَدِّرُهُ) in his mind; from مَنَى signifying قَدَّرَ: and hence applied to a lie; and to what is wished, or desired, and what is read, or desired [pl. أَمَانِىُّ and أَمَانٍ]. (Bd in ii. 73.) See مُنْبَةٌ and حَجْوَى.

عين

1 عَيْنٌ [app. as inf. n. of عَانَ, agreeably with analogy, (like as أَذْنٌ is of أَذَنَ, and أَنْفٌ of أَنَفَ, &c.,) aor. ـِ signifies The hitting, or hurting, [another] in the eye. (K.) b2: And The smiting with the [evil] eye: (K:) which is said in a trad. to be a reality. (TA.) You say, عِنْتُ الرَّجُلَ I smote the man with my [evil] eye. (S.) and إِنَّكَ لَجَمِيلٌ وَلَا أَعِنْكَ, meaning [Verily thou art beautiful,] and may I not smite thee with the [evil] eye; and ولا أَعِينُكَ, meaning and I will not smite thee &c. (Lh, TA.) And المَالَ ↓ تعيّن He (a man) smote the مال [i. e. cattle, or camels, &c.,] with an [evil] eye: (S:) or الأِبِلَ ↓ تعيّن, and ↓ اعتانها, and ↓ اعانها, he raised his eyes towards the camels, looking at them, and expanded his hand over his eyebrow like as does he who shades his eyes from the sun, (K, TA,) to smite them with an [evil] eye, (K, * TA,) and he so smote them. (TA) b3: عَانَ عَلَيْنَا, (S, TA,) aor. ـِ (S,) inf. n. عَيَانَةٌ; (S, TA; [in one of my copies of the S, عِيَانَة;]) and لَنَا ↓ اعتان; both signify He was, or became, a spy, or scout, for us. (S, TA.) [Golius mentions also ↓ عاين, construed with ل, in this sense, as from the S; in which I do not find it.] And one says, لَنَا مَنْزِلًا ↓ اِذْهَبْ فَاعْتَنْ, Go thou, and look for, or seek, a place of alighting for us: (S:) and Lh says the like, making the verb trans. (TA.) And ↓ بَعَتْنَا عَيْنًا يَعْتَانُنَا, and يَعْتَانُ لَنَا; (K, TA;) and يَعِينُنَا, (K, TA, but omitted in the CK,) and يَعِينُ لَنَا, (El-Hejeree, TA,) inf. n. عَيَانَةٌ, (K, TA,) with fet-h, (TA) [in the CK عِيَانَة;]) i. e. [We sent a spy, or scout, to bring us information. (K, TA.) [See also مُعْتَانٌ.] b4: عان الدَّمْعُ, and المَآءُ, (S,) inf. n. عَيَنَانٌ (S, K) and عَيْنٌ, (K, TA,) The tears, and (tropical:) the water, flowed. (S, K. *) And عَانتِ البِئْرُ, inf n.

عَيْنٌ, The well had in it much water. (TA.) b5: And حَفَرْتُ حَتَّى عِنْتُ (assumed tropical:) I dug until I reached the springs, or sources: (S, TA:) and in like manner one says, المَآءَ ↓ أَعْيَنْتُ [I reached the water]: (S:) or, accord, to the T, one say, حَفَرَ

↓ الحَافِرُ فَأَعْيَنَ and ↓ أَعَانَ. meaning [The digger dug,] and reached the springs, or sources. (TA.) A2: عَيِنَ, (K,) inf. n. عَيَنٌ, (S, * K, [not, as in the CK, with the ى quiescent.]) and عِيْنَةٌ, (Lh, * K.) [He was wide in the eye: or large and wide therein: (see أَعْيَنُ:) or ] he was large in the black of the eye, with width [of the eye itself]. (K.) 2 عيّن اللّْؤْلُؤَةَ (assumed tropical:) He bored, perforated, or pierced, the pearl; (S, K, TA;) as though he made to it an eye. (TA.) b2: عيّن القِرْبَةَ He poured water into the skin in order that the stitchholes might become closed (S, K, TA) by swelling, (S,) it being new: and سَرَّبَهَا [q. v.] signifies the same, as mentioned by As, (TA.) A2: تَعْيِينُ الشَّئِ signifies (assumed tropical:) The individuating of a thing, or particularizing it; i. e. the distinguishing it from the generality, or aggregate. (S, Msb, TA) عيّنهُ means (assumed tropical:) He individuated it, &c.: and he particularized, or specified, it by words; mentioned it particularly, or specially. And عيّن لَه كَذَا (assumed tropical:) He appointed, or prescribed, for him, or he assigned to him, particularly, such a thing: and عيّن عَلَيْهِ كَذَا He appointed against him, or imposed upon him, particularly, such a thing]. Yousay, عَيَّنْتُ المَالَ لِزَيْدٍ (assumed tropical:) I assigned the property particularly, or specially, to Zeyd. (Msb.) and أَتَيْتُ فُلَانًا فَمَا عَيَّنَ لِى بِشَئٍْ and مَا عَيَّنَنِىبِشَئٍْ

i. e. (assumed tropical:) [I came to such a one,] and he did not give me anything: (Lh, TA:) or, as some say, he did not direct me to anything. (TA.) And عَيَّنَ عَلَى السَّارِقِ (assumed tropical:) He distinguished, or singled out, the thief from among the suspected persons: or, as some say, he manifested against the thief his theft. (TA.) And عَيَّنْتُ النِّيَّةَ فِى الصَّوْمِ (assumed tropical:) I purposed the performance of a particular fast. (Msb.) b2: عيّن فُلَانًا He told such a one to his face of his vices, or faults, or the like. (I. h, S, K.) A3: عيّن الحَرْبَ بَيْنَنَا i. q. أَدَارَهَا [He, or it, stirred war, or conflict, or the war or conflicet, between us, or among us]: so in the K in the L, ادرها [perhaps for أَدَرَّهَا, but more probably, I think, for أَدَارَهَا]. (TA.) A4: عيّن الشَّجَرُ The trees became beautiful and bright, and blossomed. (K. TA.) A5: عيّن الرَّجُلُ The man took [or bought] بِالعِينَةِ i. e. السَّلَفِ [meaning for payment in advance, accord. to all the explanations that I find of السَّلَف as used in buying and selling; but accord to the TK, upon credit, i. e. for payment at a future period, agreeably with an explanation of (??_ in the A and (??) (??) thin by reason of oldness: (TA:) [or it became lacerated, or worn in holes; as is shown by what here follows.] One says also, تَعَيَّنَتْ أَخْفَافُ الأِبِلِ, meaning (assumed tropical:) The feet of the camels became lacerated [in the soles], or worn in holes, or blistered; like the water-skin of which one says تعيّن. (IAar, TA.) A6: تعيّن also signifies (assumed tropical:) It was, or became, clear, or distinct. (KL.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) It was or became, individuated, or particularized; i. e., distinguished from the generality, or aggregate. (KL,) [Thus signifying, it is quasi-pass. of عَيَّنَهُ. Hence it means (assumed tropical:) It had, or assumed, the quality of individuality. And (assumed tropical:) It was, or became, particularized. or specified, by words; mentioned particularly, or specially. And تعيّن لَهُ It was appointed, or prescribed, for him, or was assigned to him, particularly or peculiarly. And تعيّن عَلَيْهِ (assumed tropical:) It was appointed against him, upon him, particularly. And hence.] one says, تعيّن عَلَيْهِ الشَّئْ, meaning لَزِمَهُ بِعَيْنِهِ, [i. e. : The thing was, or became, incumbent, or obligatory, on him in particular] (S, K.

A7: See also the next paragraph.8 إِعْتَيَنَ see 1, in tour places.

A2: اعتان الشَّئْ (assumed tropical:) He took the عَيْن of the thing, (S,) the (??) thereof. (S, TA.) [See also 8 in art. عون]) A3: And He bought the thing upon credit, for payment at a future (??) (S, Msb, (??) signifies he took (??) future time; (Mgh: [in which is expl. by the words أَخَذَ بِالعِينةِ, and in which عِينَة in a sale is expl. as meaning نَسِيْئَة;]) and so ↓ تعيّن; (KL;) [but Mtr says,] the saying تَعَيّنْ عَلَىّٰ حَرِيرًا as meaning اشْتَرِهْ بِبَيْعِ العِينَةِ I have not found. (Mgh,) [See also عيّن الرَّجُلُ expl. as meaning “ The man took بِالعينَةِ. ”]

عَيْنٌ is a homonym, applying to various things (Msb:) in the K. forty-seven (??) assigned to it; but it is said by MF that its meanings exceed a hundred; those occurring in the Kur-án are seventeen. (TA.,) By that which is app. its primary application, and which is by many affirmed to (??) (TA,) العَيْنُ signifies The eye: the organ of sight: (S, Mgh, Msb, K, TA [in the S expl. by حَاسَّةُ الرُّؤْيَةِ, evidently used in this sense; in the Mgh, by المُبْصِرَةُ; in the Msb and K, by البَاصِرَةُ; and in a mater place in the K. by حَاسَّةُ الرُّؤْيَة, app. as meaning the sense of sight;]) also denoted [emphatically] by the term الجَارِحَةُ [i. e. the organ]; (TA;) it is that with which the looker sees: (ISk, TA;) and is of a human being and of any other animal: (TA;) (??) is of the fem. gender; (S, K:) and the pl. [of mult.] as عُيُونٌ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) also pronounced عُيونٌ, (K, [in which وَتُكْسَرُ, immediately following عُيُونٌ, has been erroneously supposed by Golius and Freytag to relate to the sing.,]) and [of pause أَعْيَانٌ and أَعْيُنٌ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) which last is asserted by Lh to be sometimes a pl. of mult., as it is in the Kur vii. [178 and] 194; (TA.) and pl. pl. أَعْيُنَاتٌ: (K:) the dim. is ↓ عُيَيْنَةٌ, (S.) Hence the saying in a trad. of 'Alee, قَاسَ عَيْنًا بِبَيْضَةٍ جَعَلَ عَلَيْهَا خُطُوطًا [He measured the reach of an eye by means of an egg upon which he made lines]. (Mgh.) And [hence also] one says, بِعَيْنٍ

مَّا أَرَيَنَّكَ [lit. With some eye I will assuredly see thee]: it is said to one whom you send, and require to be quick; and means (assumed tropical:) pause not for anything, for it is as though I were looking at thee. (TA. [See also art. رأى.]) And لَقِيتُهُ عَيْنَ عُنَّةٍ [I met him so that] I saw him with [or before] my eye, he not seeing me. (S, TA.) [And رَأَيْتُهُ عَيْنَ عُنَّةٍ or عُنَّةَ, which see in art. عن. And أَعْطَيْتُهُ عَيْنَ عُنَّةَ and عُنَّة, which also see in art. عن.] and رَأَيْتُهُ عَرْضَ عَيْنٍ I saw him, or it, obviously; nearly. (TA, voce عَرْضٌ, q. v.) And هَا هُوَ عَرْضُ عَيْنٍ [or عَرْضَ عَيْنٍ?] i. e. [Lo, he, or it, is] near [before thee]: and in like manner, هُوَ مِنِّى عَيْنُ عُنَّةٍ [or عَيْنَ عُنَّةٍ? i. e. He is near before me]. (K.) and لَقِيتُهُ أَوَّلَ عَيْنٍ, (S, K,) and أَوَّلَ ذِى عَيْنٍ and ↓ عَائِنَةٍ, (TA,) I met him, or it, the first thing: (S, K, TA:) and before every [other] thing; as also ↓ أَوَّلَ عَائِنَةٍ and أَدْنَى عَائِنَةٍ: (S:) or this last means the nearest thing perceived by the eye. (TA.) And فَعَلْتُ ذَاكَ عَمْدَ عَيْنٍ and عَمْدًا عَلَى

عَيْنٍ (assumed tropical:) I did that purposely, with seriousness, or earnestness, and certainty: (S:) or صَنَعَ ذٰلِكَ عَلَى

عَيْنٍ and عَلَى عَيْنَيْنِ, (K, TA,) and عَمْدَ عَيْنٍ and عَمْدَ عَيْنَيْنِ, (K,) or عَلَى عَمْدِ عَيْنٍ and عَلَى عَمْدِ عَيْنَيْنِ, (TA,) (assumed tropical:) He did that purposely, (Lh, K, TA,) with seriousness, or earnestness, and certainty. (K.) And هُوَ عَبْدُ عَيْنٍ (tropical:) He is like the slave to thee as long as thou seest him, (S, K, * TA,) but not when thou art absent; and so هُوَ عَبْدُ العَيْنِ: (S:) or he is a man who pretends, or feigns, to thee, his doing that which he does not perform: (TA:) and (K, TA) in this sense, (TA,) one says also, هُوَ صَدِيقُ عَيْنٍ i. e. (assumed tropical:) [He is a friend, or a true friend,] as long as thou seest him: (K, TA:) and هُوَ أَخُو عَيْنٍ (assumed tropical:) He is one who acts as a friend hypocritically with thee. (TA.) أَنْتَ عَلَى عَيْنِى is said in relation to honouring and protecting: (S, K, TA:) [accordingly I would render it (tropical:) Thou art entitled to be honoured and protected by me above my eye: for the eye is esteemed the most excellent of the organs, (as is said in this art. in the TA,) and it is that which most needs protection:] أَنْتَ عَلَى رَأْسِى is said in relation to honouring only. (TA.) And the Arabs say, عَلَى

عَيْنِى قَصَدْتُ زَيْدًا, meaning thereby the regarding with solicitude mixed with fear [so that I would render it (assumed tropical:) As one to be regarded with solicitude mixed with fear above my eye I made Zeyd the object to which my mind was directed]. (TA.) [See another ex. of عَلَى عَيْنِى (in which it cannot be rendered as above) in a later part of this paragraph.] نَعِمَ اللّٰهُ بِكَ عَيْنًا [in the CK نَعَّمَ, which is wrong,] means the same as أَنْعَمَهَا. (K. [See both in art. نعم.]) قُرَّةُ العَيْنِ [signifying مَا قَرَّتْ بِهِ العَيْنُ, as expl. in the M and K in art. قر, i. e. That by which, or in consequence of which, the eye becomes cool, or refrigerated, or refreshed, &c.,] is a phrase used as meaning (assumed tropical:) A man's child or offspring. (TA.) فَقَأَ عَيْنَهُ [properly signifying He put out his eye, or blinded it, &c.,] means [sometimes] (tropical:) he struck him; or struck him vehemently with a broad thing, or with anything; or slapped him with his hand: (صَكَّهُ:) or he was rough, rude, or ungentle, to him in speech. (TA.) اَلَّذِى فِيهِ عَيْنَاكَ means Thy head. (TA. [There mentioned preceded by لاتحرمَن: thus dubiously, and perhaps incorrectly, written. What is means, or should be, I know not.]) b2: عَيْنُ الثَّوْرِ (assumed tropical:) (The eye of the Bull;] the great red star [a] that is upon the southern eye of Taurus, and also [more commonly] called الدَّبَرَانُ. (Kzw, Descr. of Taurus.) [and عَيْنُ الرَّامِى (assumed tropical:) The eye of Sagittarius; app. the two stars v, on the eye thereof.] b3: عَيْنُ البَقَرِ (assumed tropical:) [The buphthalmum, or ox-eye;] the [plant called] بَهَار [q. v.]. (S in art. بهر.) And عُيُونُ البَقَرِ (tropical:) A sort of grapes, (S, K, TA,) black, (K, TA,) but not intensely so, large in the berries, (TA,) and round, (K, TA,) which are converted into raisins, and are not very sweet: so says AHn: thus called as being likened to the eyes of the animals termed بَقَر: (TA:) they are found in Syria: (S:) or said by some to be peculiar to Syria. (TA.) and Certain black إِجَّاص [or plums]: (K, TA:) thus called for the same reason. (TA.) b4: عَيْنُ الهِرِّ (assumed tropical:) [Cat's-eye;] a certain stone, well known, of no utility. (TA.) A2: [فَتَحَ هَيْنَ النَّارِ means (assumed tropical:) He made an opening in the live coals of the fire, that had become compacted; in order that it might burn up well. (See 1 in art. سخو and سخى.)] b2: and عَيْنٌ signifies also (assumed tropical:) The عَيْن [i. e. eye] of the needle: such as is narrow is termed عَيْنُ صَفِيَّة [in which the latter word is app. a proper name, and, as such and of the fem. gender, imperfectly decl., i. e., in this case, written صَفِيَّةَ]. (TA.) b3: Also, as being likened to the organ [of sight] in form, or appearance, (tropical:) A [small round hole or] place of perforation in a [leathern water-bag such as is called] مَزَادَة. (TA.) And (tropical:) Thin circles, or rings, or round places, in a skin, (S, K, TA,) which are a fault therein, (S, TA,) like أَعْيُن [or eyes; or one of such thin circles &c.]; being likened to the organ [of sight] in form. (TA.) [See 10.] And (K) (tropical:) A fault, or defect, (K, TA,) of this description, in a skin. (TA.) b4: And (tropical:) The small hollow or cavity of the knee; (S, K; in [some of] the copies of the latter of which, الرَّكِيَّة is erroneously put for الرُّكْبَة; TA;) likened to the socket of the eye: (TA:) each knee has عَيْنَانِ [i. e. two small hollows or cavities, the articular depressions for the condyles of the femur], in the fore part thereof, at [the joint of] the سَاق. (S, TA.) b5: And (tropical:) The piece of skin [or small leathern receptacle] in which are put the بُنْدُق [or bullets] (K, TA) that are shot from the قَوْس [app. meaning the large kind of cross-bow, called balista, or ballista]: (K, * TA:) likened to the organ [of sight] in form. (TA.) b6: [In the B, accord. to the TA, it is also expl. as meaning the سنام: but this, I think, is most probably a mistranscription for سَام (q. v.) as signifying (assumed tropical:) The hollow, or cavity, in the ground, thus called, in which water remains, or stagnates, and collects.] And (tropical:) The place [or aperture] whence the water of a قَنَاة [i. e. pipe, or the like,] pours forth: (K, TA:) as being likened to the organ [of sight] because of the water that is in it. (TA.) And, (K, TA,) for the same reason, (TA,) (tropical:) The place whence issues the water of a well. (TA.) And, (S, Msb, K, &c.,) for the same reason, as is said by Er-Rághib, (TA,) (tropical:) The عَيْن, (S, Msb,) or source, or spring, (K, TA,) of water, (S, Msb, K, TA,) that wells forth from the earth, or ground, and runs: (TA:) [and accord. to the Msb, it app. signifies a running spring:] of the fem. gender: (TA:) pl. عُيُونٌ and أَعْيُنٌ, (Msb, K,) and accord. to ISk, sometimes the Arabs said, as a pl. thereof, أَعْيَانٌ, but this is rare. (Msb.) Hence a saying, in a trad., cited and expl. voce سَاهِرٌ. (TA.) Also (assumed tropical:) Abundance of water of a well. (TA.) And A drop of water. (TA.) عَيْنُ المَآءِ, [originally signifying “ the source of water,”] accord. to Th, means (assumed tropical:) Life for men; thus in the following verse: أُولَائِكَ عَيْنُ المَآءِ فِيهِمْ وَعِنْدَهُمْ مِنَ الخِيفَةِ المَنْجَاةُ وَالمُتَحَوَّلُ (assumed tropical:) [Those, life for men is among them; and with them are the means of safety, and the place of removal, from fear]: accord. to the A, عَيْنُ المَآءِ فِيهِمْ means good, or means of attaining good, and provision of corn, or abundance of the produce of the earth, are among them. (TA.) b7: Also (assumed tropical:) The عَيْن [meaning eye, or bud, (thus called in the present day,)] of a tree. (Es-Subkee, TA.) b8: [and (tropical:) Sprouting herbage; as being likened to the eye or eyes:] one says, نَظَرَتِ البِلَادُ بِعَيْنٍ or بِعَيْنَيْنِ [lit. (tropical:) The lands looked with an eye or with two eyes], meaning, had their herbage come forth: (K:) or it is said when their herbage comes forth: or, as in the A, when that which cattle depasture comes forth without [as yet] becoming firm [in the ground, or firmly rooted]: taken from the saying of the Arabs, إِذَا سَقَطَتِ الجَبْهَةُ نَظَرَتِ الأَرْضُ بِإِحْدَى عَيْنَيْهَا فَإِذَا سَقَطَتِ الصَّرْفَةُ نَظَرَتْ بِهِمَا جَمِيعًا (assumed tropical:) [lit. When El-Jebheh (the 10th Mansion of the Moon) sets aurorally (i. e. about the 11th of Feb., O. S.), the land looks with one of its eyes; the, when Es-Sarfeh (the 12th Mansion) sets aurorally (about the 9th of March), it looks with both of them]. (TA. [See also art. نظر.]) A3: عَيْنٌ also, (S, Msb, K, &c.,) as being likened to the organ of sight, (TA,) signifies (tropical:) A spy; and ↓ ذُو العُيَيْنَتَيْنِ [in the CK ذُو العَيْنَتَيْنِ], in like manner, signifies the spy, (S, K, TA,) and ↓ ذُو العُوَيْنَتَيْنِ likewise, and ذُو العَيْنَيْنِ: (TA:) he who looks for a people, or party: (M, TA:) the watcher, or observer; (S, * K, * TA;) or the scout: (S, * Msb, K, * TA:) masc. and fem.: (M, TA:) accord. to the opinion of ISd, made by some to accord with a part [i. e. the eye], and therefore fem.; and by some, to accord with the whole [person], and therefore masc.: (TA:) pl. عُيُونٌ and أَعْيُنٌ, and, accord. to ISk, sometimes أَعْيَانٌ. (Msb.) b2: And i. q. مُكَاشِفٌ [app. as meaning (assumed tropical:) A discoverer, or revealer, of tidings &c.]. (Es-Subkee, TA.) A4: [And (assumed tropical:) An eye as meaning a look, i. e. an act of looking: and hence, a stroke of an evil eye: or, simply, an evil eye: a meaning of frequent occurrence.] أَصَابَتْ فُلَانًا عَيْنٌ (assumed tropical:) [An evil eye smote such a one] is said of a person when an enemy or an envier has looked at him and produced such an effect upon him that he has fallen sick in consequence thereof (TA.) [عَيْنُ الكَمَالِ is applied to an eye believed to have the power of killing by its glance: see an ex. voce فَقَأَ.] b2: And (assumed tropical:) Sight with the eye [or before the eyes; or ocular view]: thus in the saying, لَا أَطْلُبُ أَثَرًا بَعْدَ عَيْنٍ (assumed tropical:) [I will not seek a trace, or vestige, (or, as we rather say in English, a shadow,) after an ocular view]: (S, TA:) or the meaning is, after suffering a reality, or substance, to escape me: (Har pp. 120 and 174: [this latter rendering being agreeable with explanations of عَيْنٌ which will be found in a later part of this paragraph:]) i. e. I will not leave the thing when I see it ocularly, and seek the trace or vestige, thereof, after its [the thing's] disappearing from me: and the origin of it was the fact that a man saw the slayer of his brother, and when he desired to slay him, he [the latter] said, “ I will ransom myself with a hundred she-camels; ” whereupon he [the other] said, لَسْتُ

أَطْلُبُ أَثَرًا بَعْدَ عَيْنٍ; and slew him: (TA:) it is a prov., thus, or, as some relate it, لَا تَطْلُبْ. (Har p. 120.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) Look, or view. (K, TA.) It is said in the Kur [xx. 40], وَالتُصْنَعَ عَلَى عَيْنِى, (S, TA,) and it has been expl. as there having this meaning [i. e. (assumed tropical:) And this I did that thou mightest be reared and nourished in my view], as in the B; or, as Th says, that thou mightest be reared where I should see thee: (TA:) or the meaning is, (assumed tropical:) in my watch, or guard, (Bd, * Jel,) and my keeping, or protection. (Jel. [It is implied by the context in the S, that عَلَى عَيْنِى is said in this instance in relation to honouring and protecting, as it is in a phrase mentioned in the first quarter of this paragraph; but my rendering of it there is obviously inapplicable here. See also 1 in art. صنع.]) And in like manner it has been expl. as used in the Kur [xi. 39], وَاصْنَعِ الْفُلْكَ بِأَعْيُنِنَا (assumed tropical:) [And make thou the ark in our view]. (TA.) [In like manner, also,] فَأْتُوا بِهِ عَلَى أَعْيُنِ النَّاسِ, in the Kur [xxi. 62], means عَلَى مَنْظَرِهِمْ (assumed tropical:) [i. e. Then bring ye him in the view of the people; منظر being here evidently an inf. n.]; (B, TA:) or [bring ye him] openly, or conspicuously. (Jel.) A5: And (assumed tropical:) The مَنْظَر [as meaning aspect, or outward appearance], (S, K,) and شَاهِد [meaning the same as being an evidence of the intrinsic qualities], (S,) of a man. (S, K.) So in the saying of El-Hajjáj to El-Hasan [ElBasree, when he (the former) had asked مَا أَمَدُكَ

“ What was the time of thy birth? ” and the latter had answered (see أَمَدٌ)], لَعَيْنُكَ أَكْبَرُ مِنْ أَمَدِكَ (assumed tropical:) [Verily thy aspect is greater than thy age], أَمَدِكَ meaning سِنِّكَ. (S.) And it is said in a prov., إِنَّ الجَوَادَ عَيْنُهُ فُرَارُهُ (assumed tropical:) [Verily the fleet and excellent horse, his aspect is (equivalent to) the examination of his teeth]: (S, TA: [accord. to the latter, عَيْنُهُ meaning شَاهِدُهُ:]) i. e. his external appearance renders it needless for thee to try him and to examine his teeth. (S and K in art. فر, q. v.) A6: Also, [by a synecdoche, as when it means “ a spy,”] (assumed tropical:) A human being: (K:) and any one: (S, K:) [in which sense, as when it means “ a spy,” it may be masc. or fem.:] and human beings: (S:) or a company [of people]; (K;) as also ↓ عَيَنٌ: (S, K:) and the people of a house or dwelling: (K:) and so ↓ عَيَنٌ; (S, K;) and the people of a town or country; as also ↓ عَيَنٌ. (K.) One says, مَا بِهَا عَيْنٌ (assumed tropical:) There is not in it any one; (S, K, TA;) [i. e. بِالدَّارِ in the house, or dwelling;] as also ↓ عَيَنٌ, (TA,) and ↓ عَائِنٌ, (S, TA,) and ↓ عَائِنَةٌ: (TA:) and مَا بِهَا عَيْنٌ تَطْرِفُ [virtually meaning the same, but fit. There is not in it an eye twinkling]. (TA.) And ↓ مَا رَأَيْتُ ثَمَّ عَائِنَةً i. e. (assumed tropical:) [I was not there] a human being. (TA.) And بَلَدٌ قَلِيلُ العَيْنِ (assumed tropical:) [A town, or country,] having few human beings, (S.) or few people. (TA.) A7: and (assumed tropical:) A lord, chief, or chief personage: (K, TA:) in [some of] the copies of the K, السدّ or الشدّ is erroneously put for السَّيِّدُ: (TA:) the great, or great and noble, person of a people or party: (K, TA:) and the head, chief, or commander, of an army: (TA:) the pl. is أَعْيَانٌ: (TA:) which signifies [lords, chiefs, or chief personages: &c.: and] the eminent, or high-born, or noble, individuals (S, Mgh, Msb, TA) of a people, or party, (S, Mgh,) or of men; (Msb;) and the most excellent persons. (TA.) b2: Hence, (Mgh, Msb,) as pl. of عَيْنٌ, (K,) أَعْيَانٌ signifies also ا Brothers from the same father and mother: (S, Mgh, Msb, K:) this brotherhood is termed ↓ مُعَايَنَةٌ: (S, K:) and أَوْلَادُ الأَعْيَانِ means the sons of the same father and mother. (Msb in art. عل. [See عَلَّةٌ.]) b3: Also. the sing., (assumed tropical:) The choice, or best, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) of a thing, (S, K,) or of goods, or household-goods, or furniture and utensils, (Mgh, Msb, TA,) and of camels, or cattle, or other property, (TA,) and so ↓ عِينَةٌ, (S, K, TA,) of which the pl. is عِيَنٌ, (TA,) like عِيمَةٌ: (S:) ↓ عِينَةُ الخَيْلِ signifies (assumed tropical:) the fleet and excellent of horses. (Lh, TA.) And (assumed tropical:) Highly prized, in much request, or excellent. (TA.) And, as applied to a deenár, (assumed tropical:) Outweighing, so that the balance inclines with it. (TA.) b4: And (assumed tropical:) i. q. مَالٌ, (K, TA,) [i. e. Property, or such as consists of camels or cattle,] when of a choice. or of the best, sort. (TA.) A8: and (assumed tropical:) Such as is ready, or at hand, (K, TA,) present, (TA,) or within one's power, or reach, (S, TA,) of property. (S, K, TA.) And (assumed tropical:) Anything present, or ready, (K, TA,) found before one. (TA.) You say, بِعْتُهُ عَيْنًا بِعَيْنٍ (assumed tropical:) I sold it ready merchandise for ready money. (Msb.) b2: [Hence,] (assumed tropical:) Ready money; cash: or simply money: syn. نَقْدٌ: (T, Mgh, Msb, TA:) not عَرْضٌ [q. v.]: (Mgh:) and sometimes, دَرَاهِمُ. (Msb.) So in the saying عَيْنٌ غَيْرُ دَيْنِ (assumed tropical:) [Ready money, not debt]. (TA.) And [hence also] one says, اِشْتَرَيْتَ بِالدَّيْنِ أَوْ بِالعَيْنِ (assumed tropical:) [Didst thou buy on credit or with ready money?]. (Msb.) b3: And ا A present gift. (Mgh, TA.) So in the saying (Mgh, TA) of a rájiz (TA) satirizing a man, (Mgh,) وَعَيْنُهُ كَالكَالِئِ الضِّمَارِ [And his present gift is a thing not hoped for, like the unseen debt of which the payment is deferred by the creditor:] meaning, his present gift is like the absent that is not hoped for. (Mgh, TA.) [And hence, app.,] أَصَابَتْهُ عَيْنٌ مِنْ عُيُونِ اللّٰهِ, occurring in a trad., means, خَاصَّةٌ مِنْ خَوَاصِّ اللّٰهِ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) A particular, or special, gift of God betided him]. (TA.) b4: Also (assumed tropical:) A deenár: (S, K:) or deenárs; (Az, TA;) [i. e.] coined gold; (Mgh, Msb; *) different from وَرِقٌ [which signifies “ coined silver or “ dirhems ”]. (Mgh.) They said, عَلَيْهِ مِائَةٌ عَيْنًا (assumed tropical:) [On him is incumbent the payment of a hundred deenars]: but properly one should say عَيْنٌ, because it is identical with what precedes it (Sb, TA.) b5: And The half of a dánik [app. deducted] from seven deenars: (K, TA:) mentioned by Az. (TA.) b6: And (tropical:) Gold, (K, TA,) in a general sense; as being likened to the organ [of sight], in that the former is the most excellent of the metals, like as the latter is the most excellence of the organs. (TA.) A9: And (tropical:) The sun itself; (A, K, TA;) as being likened to the organ [of sight], because the former is the most noble of the stars, like as the latter is the most noble of the organs. (TA:) or (K, TA) the عَيْن of the sun; (S, Msb, TA;) i. e. the شُعَاع thereof; (K, TA,) [meaning its rays, or beams,] upon which the eye will act remain fixed: (TA:) or [more commonly] the عَيْن means the قُرْص [q. v., that is disk] of the sun. (KL.) [Using it in the first of these senses.] one says, طَلَعَتِ العَيْنُ (tropical:) [The sun rose], and غَابَتِ العَيْنُ [The sun set]. (Lh, TA.) A10: And (assumed tropical:) A thing's نَفْس [i. e. its self]; (S, Mgh, Msb, K, TA;) and its ذَات [which means the same]; (K, TA:) and its شَخْص, which means nearly, or rather exactly, the same as its ذات; (TA;) [and likewise a man's person, as does also ↓ عِيَانٌ, (see exs. in Har pp. 20 and 45,) and the material substance of a thing;] and its أَصْل [as meaning its essence, or constituent substance]: (TA:) pl. أَعْيَانٌ, (Mgh, Msb, TA,) not أَعْيُنٌ nor عُيُونٌ. (Mgh, TA.) One says, هُوَ هُوَ عَيْنًا and هُوَ هُوَ بِعَيْنِهِ (assumed tropical:) (It is it itself, or he is he himself]: (S, TA:) بِ when prefixed to عَيْن, [thus] used as a corroborative, being redundant. (Mughnee in art. بِ.) and لَا آخُذُ إِلَّا دِرْهَمِى بِعَيْنِهِ (assumed tropical:) [I will not take aught save my dirhem itself]. (S.) And أَخَذْتُ مَالِى

بِعَيْنِهِ (assumed tropical:) I took my property itself. (Msb.) and هذِهِ أَعْيَانُ دَرَاهِمِكَ (Lh, TA) and دَرَاهِمُكَ بِأَعْيَانِهَا (Lh, Mgh, * Msb, TA) (assumed tropical:) These are thy dirhems themselves]. And هُمْ إِخْوَتُكَ بِأَعْيَانِهِمْ (assumed tropical:) [They are thy brothers themselves]. (Msb.) And عَيْنُ الرِّبَا occurs in a trad. as meaning (assumed tropical:) Usury itself. (TA.) [مَوْضِعٌ بِعَيْنِهِ, a phrase very frequently occurring in the L and TA &c., means (assumed tropical:) A certain, or particular, place: and in a similar manner بِعَيْنِهِ is used after the mention of a plant &c.] One says also جَآءَ بِالأَمْرِ مِنْ عَيْنٍ صَافِيَةٍ i. e. (assumed tropical:) [He brought forth, brought to light, or declared, the affair] from its very essence. (TA.) And بِالحَقِّ بِعَيْنِهِ means (assumed tropical:) With truth, clearly and manifestly. (TA.) [In grammar, اِسْمُ عَيْنٍ means (assumed tropical:) A real substantive; the name of a real thing; also termed اِسْمُ ذَاتٍ; and sometimes termed عَيْنٌ alone: opposed to اِسْمُ مَعْنًى i. e. an ideal substantive.]

A11: عَيْنٌ ثَاقِبَةٌ means (assumed tropical:) Certain, or sure, news or information. (A and TA in art. ثقب.) A12: And العَيْنُ [sometimes] signifies (assumed tropical:) Knowledge; [or rather sure, or certain, and manifest, knowledge;] which is also termed عَيْنُ اليَقِينِ. (TA.) A13: And (assumed tropical:) Might (العِزُّ). (TA.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) Health and safety (العَافِيَةُ). (TA.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) Thirst; and so الغَيْنُ. (TA in art. غين.) A14: And (assumed tropical:) The صُورَة [which generally means form, or the like: but it has many other significations; one of which is essence, before mentioned as a meaning of عَيْنٌ]. (TA.) A15: And it signifies also النَّاحِيَةٌ [app. as meaning (assumed tropical:) The part, or point, towards which one directs himself]: (K, TA:) or, accord. to some, particularly that of the قِبْلَة [i. e. that towards which one directs his face in prayer]: (TA:) [or] it signifies also the true direction of the قِبْلَة: (K, TA:) or the part that is on the right of the قِبْلَة of El-'Irák: [whence] one says, نَشَأَتِ السَّحَابَةُ مِنْ قِبَلِ العَيْنِ (assumed tropical:) [The cloud rose from the part on the right of the قبلة of El-'Irák]: (S: [see also خَسْفٌ:]) or this means, from the direction of the قبلة of El-'Irak; and the Arabs say that this scarcely ever, or never, breaks its promise [of giving rain]: when it rises from the direction of the sea, and then goes northward, one says عَيْنٌ غُدَيْقَةٌ; and this is usually most disposed to rain: (TA:) غُدَيْقَة is a dim. of magnification, meaning abounding with water. (TA in art. غدق.) Also (assumed tropical:) The clouds (سَحَاب) that have come from the direction of the قِبْلَة: (K, * TA:) or, from the direction of the قبلة of El-'Irák: or, from the right thereof: (K, TA:) and it is said in the B to signify [simply] السَّحَابُ [the clouds]; (TA;) and so الغَيْنُ. (TA in art. غين.) And, accord. to Th, مَطَرُ العَيْنِ signifies (assumed tropical:) The rain that is from the direction of the قِبْلَة: or, from the direction of the قبلة of El-'Irák: or, from the right thereof. (TA.) The saying of the Arabs مُطِرْنَا بِالعَيْنِ (assumed tropical:) [We were, or have been, rained upon by the عين] is allowed by some, but disapproved by others. (TA.) b2: And [hence, app.,] (assumed tropical:) The rain that continues during some days, (S, K, TA,) some say five, and some say six, or more, (TA,) without clearing away. (S, K, TA.) A16: عَيْنٌ signifies also (assumed tropical:) Usury; syn. رِبًا; (K, TA; [see also عَيْنُ الرِّبَا above;]) and so ↓ عِينَةٌ. (TA.) And (assumed tropical:) An inclining in the balance; (Kh, Mgh, K, TA;) said to be the case in which one of the two scales thereof outweighs the other: (TA:) one says, فِى المِيزَانِ عَيْنٌ, meaning (assumed tropical:) In the balance is an unevenness; (S, TA;) a little inclining in the tongue thereof: and the word is fem. (TA.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) The tongue [or cock, itself,] of the balance. (TA.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) A scale of a balance; i. e. either of the two scales thereof. (TA.) Also (assumed tropical:) A small بَيْت [meaning partition, or part divided from the rest,] in a chest. (TA.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) A مِحَشَّة [app. meaning a thing in which حَشِيش, or dry herbage, is put]. (TA.) b3: [And (assumed tropical:) Either half, or one side, of a خُرْج, or pair of saddle-bags.] And A certain bird, (K, TA,) yellow in the belly, أَخْضَر [generally in a case of this kind meaning of a dingy, or dark, ash-colour or dust-colour] in the back; of the size of the [species of collared turtle-dove called]

قُمْرِىّ. (TA.) Also (assumed tropical:) [The letter ع;] one of the letters of the alphabet, (S, K,) of those termed حَلْقِيَّة and مَهْجُورَة. (K. [See art. ع.]) b2: and (assumed tropical:) The middle [radical letter] of a word [of the triliteral-radical class; the root of such a word being represented by فعل]. (TA.) b3: In the calculation by means of the letters ا, ب, ج, د, &c., it denotes Seventy. (TA.) عِينٌ, originally عُيْنٌ, pl. of أَعْيَنُ [q. v.]: (S, K: *) A2: and also, (as a contraction of عُيُنٌ, IB, TA,) pl. of عِيَانٌ: (AA, S, IB:) [and of عَيُونٌ.]

عَيَنٌ The quality denoted by the epithet أَعْيَنُ [q. v.; i. e. width in the eye; &c.]; (S;) and so ↓ عِينَةٌ. (Lh, TA.) [See also 1, last sentence; where both are mentioned as inf. ns.]

A2: See also عَيْنٌ, in the third quarter of the paragraph, in four places.

A3: And see the paragraph here following.

عِينَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph. b2: Also The part that surrounds the eye of a ewe; (K, TA;) like the مَحْجِر of a human being. (TA.) b3: And Goodly appearance: so in the saying, هٰذَا ثَوْبُ عِينَةٍ [This is a garment of goodly appearance]. (S, K) b4: See also عَيْنٌ, latter half, in three places. b5: Also i. q. سَلَفٌ [in buying and selling; i. e. Any money, or property, paid in advance, or beforehand, as the price of a commodity for which the seller has become responsible and which one has bought on description: or payment for a commodity to be delivered at a certain future period with something additional to the equivalent of the current price at the time of such payment: or a sort of sale in which the price is paid in advance, and the commodity is withheld, on the condition of description, to a certain future period: but it seems to be in most cases used in one or another of the senses expl. in what here follows]. (S, Mgh, Msb, K, TA.) and one says, بَاعَهُ بِعِينَةٍ meaning بِنَسِيْئَةٍ [i. e. He sold it upon credit, for payment at a future time]: (A, Mgh: [see 8:]) or, as some say, [and more commonly,] العِينَةُ is the buying what one has sold for less than that for which one has sold it: and ↓ العَيَنُ signifies the same: (Mgh:) or, accord. to Az, the selling a commodity for a certain price to be paid at a certain period, and then buying it for less than that price with ready money: [see 2, last quarter:] this is unlawful when the buyer makes it a condition with the seller that he shall buy it for a certain price; but when there is no condition between them, it is allowable accord. to Esh-Sháfi'ee, though forbidden by some others; and he used to call it the sister of usury: and the sale of a commodity by the purchaser [thereof upon credit] to other than the seller of it, on the spot (lit. in the sitting-place), is also termed عِينَةٌ; but is lawful by common consent: (Msb:) or it is the case of a man's coming to another man to ask of him a loan, which the latter does not desire to grant, coveting profit, which is not to be obtained by a loan, wherefore he says, “I will sell to thee this garment for twelve dirhems upon credit, for payment at a certain time, and its value is ten [which thou mayest obtain by selling it for ready money]. ” (KT: in some copies of which the word thus expl. is [erroneously] written العَيْنِيَّةُ instead of العِينَةُ.) [See also زَرْنَقَةٌ. The word is generally held to be derived from عَيْنٌ as signifying “ ready money ” or “ ready merchandise. ”] b6: Also The مَادَّة [meaning accession to the strength or forces] of war: (K, * TA:) used in this sense in a verse of Ibn-Mukbil [in which it is shown to be so used as being likened to the accession, to the quantity of milk, which has collected and become added to that previously left in the udder: see مَادَّةٌ]. (TA.) لَقِيَهُ عِيَنَةً: see 3.

عَيْنُونٌ A certain plant, found in El-Andalus, that attenuates the humours of the body, when cooked with figs. (TA.) عِيَانٌ an inf. n. of 3. (S, Msb.) b2: [And Clear, evident, manifest, open, or public: thus, by the Pers\. word اَشْكَارْ, the KL explains عيان, which, in my copy of that work, is written عَيَان, evidently, I think, a mistranscription for عِيَان, an inf. n. of 3, used in the sense of a pass. part. n., agreeably with a well-known license, lit. meaning ocularly seen: see ضِمَارٌ, under which I have rendered its contrary by “ unseen; not apparent. ”] b3: See also عَيْنٌ, latter half.

A2: Also A certain iron thing among the appertenances of the فَدَّان, (S, K,) or فَدَان [i. e. plough], this word (فدان) written in the copies of the S, [as in the K,] with teshdeed to the د, but, as IB says, it is without teshdeed when signifying the implement with which ploughing is performed: accord. to AA, the لُؤْمَة, i. e. the سِنَّة [or share] with which the earth is ploughed up, is called the عِيَان when it is upon the فَدَان [or plough]: or, accord. to the M, the عِيَان is a ring at the extremity of the لُؤْمَة and the سليب. [app. a mistranscription] and the دُجْرَانِ [two pieces of wood upon which the share is bound]: (TA:) pl. [of pauc.] أَعْيِنَةٌ and [of mult.] عُيُنٌ, with two dammehs; (K;) or عِينٌ, originally of the measure فُعْلٌ [i. e. عُيْنٌ]; (S;) accord. to AA, عِينٌ, with kesr only; accord. to IB, عُيُنٌ, with two dammehs, and, when the ى is made quiescent, عِينٌ, not عُيْنٌ. (TA).

A3: اِبْنَا عِيَانٍ means Two birds, (K, TA,) from the flight, or alighting-places, or cries, &c., of which, the Arabs augur: (TA:) or two lines which are marked upon the ground (S, K) by the عَائِف [or augurer], by means of which one augurs, from the flight, &c., of birds; (S;) or which are made for the purpose of auguring; (TA;) then the augurer says, اِبْنَىْ عِيَانْ أَسْرِعَا البَيَانْ [O two sons of 'Iyán, hasten ye the manifestations] (K, * TA: [see 1 in art. خط:]) in the copies of the K, اِبْنَا is here erroneously put for اِبْنَى or, as some say اِبْنَا عِيانٍ means two well-known diviningarrows: (TA:) and when it is known that the gaming arrow of him who plays therewith wins, one says, جَرَى ابْنَا عِيَانٍ [app. meaning The two sons of 'Iyán have hastened. i. e. the two arrows so termed: as seems to be indicated by (??) cited in the L (in which it is followed by the words بِالشِّوَآءِ المُضَهَّبِ with the roast meat (??) thoroughly cooked), and also by what here fel-lows]: (S, L, K. TA:) these [arrows] being called اِبْنَ عِيَانٍ because by means of them the people [playing at the game called المَيْسِر see the winning and the food [i. e. the hastily cooked flesh of the slaughtered camel]. (L, TA.) رَجُلٌ عَيُونٌ (K, TA) and ↓ عَيَّانٌ (TA) A man who smites vehemently with the [evil] eye; as also ↓ مِعْيَانٌ: (K, TA,) pl. [of the first] عينٌ and عُيُنٌ. (K.) عُيَيْنَةٌ: and ذُو العُيَيْنَتَيْنِ and ذُو العُوَيْنَتَيْنِ: see عَيْنٌ, in the former half of the paragraph.

عَيَّنٌ: see the next paragraph, in two places.

رَجُلٌ عَيِّنٌ A man quick to weep. (TA.) b2: And سِقَآءٌ عَيِّنٌ, (S, K,) and ↓ عَيَّنٌ, (K,) the latter less common, and said to be the only instance of an epithet of the measure فَيْعَلٌ with an infirm [medial] radical, or it may be of the measure فَوْعَلٌ or فَوْعَلٌ, and in either of these two cases not without a parallel, (TA,) and ↓ مُتَعَيِّنٌ, (S, K,) (assumed tropical:) A skin, for water, or for milk, having thin circles, or rings, or round places, [likened to eyes,] rendering it faulty: (S:) or of which the water runs forth: (Lh, K:) or new; (K;) or thus عَيِّنٌ and ↓ عَيَّنٌ, in the dial. of Teiyi; and so قِرْبَةٌ عَيِّنٌ in that dial.: the pl. of عيّن applied to a skin is عَيَائِنُ, with hemzeh because the place thereof is near to the end. (TA.) عَيَّانٌ: see عَيُونٌ.

عَائِنٌ Smiting with the [evil] eye. (S, TA.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) Flowing water: (S:) or so مَآءٌ عَائِنٌ; from عَيْنُ المَآءِ. (TA.) b3: See also عَيْنٌ, third quarter.

عَائِنَةٌ: see عَيْنٌ, first quarter, in two places: b2: and again, third quarter, in two places. b3: One says also, رَأَيْتُ عَائِنَةً مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ, meaning I saw a party of his companions who saw me. (TA.) b4: And رَأَيْتُهُ بِعَائِنَةِ العِدَا I saw him where the eyes of the enemy were seeing him. (TA.) b5: And عَائِنَةُ بَنِى فُلَانٍ The herds, or flocks, or herds and flocks, (أَمْوَال,) and pastors, of the sons of such a one. (S.) أَعْيَنُ A man wide in the eye: (S, Mgh:) or large and wide therein. (Lh, TA:) or large in the black of the eye, with width [of the eye itself]: (K.) fem. عَيْنَآءُ; (S:) when is applied to a woman as meaning beautiful and wide in the eyes (Msb:) pl. عِينٌ, (S, Msb,) originally عُيْنٌ (S.) b2: Hence. (S,) عينٌ is an appellation of Wild oxen; (S, K, TA:) as an epithet in which the quality of a subst. predominates: (TA:) and أَعْيَنُ, of the wild bull, (S, ISd, K,) which one should not call ثَوْرٌ أَعْيَنُ: (ISd, K:) and عَيْنَآءُ, of the (??) (S:) and women are likened to these wild animals. (TA,) b3: عَيْنَاءُ also signifies, applied to a sheep or goat (شَاة), Of which the eyes are black one the rest white; and some say, or the converse thereof: in this sense used as an epithet. (TA.) b4: (??) A good or beautiful, word or saying (??) a woman beautiful and wide on the eyes (Msb:) opposed to عَوْرآءُ. (??) b5: And. applied to a ?? i. q. ??: (K) [i. e. accord. to the TK. which is followed by Freytag, applied to a rhyme or meaning Having what is termed ??: (see De Sacy's Ar. (??), see, ed., ii. 657) but this explanation may be conjectural; and, (??) the meaning may be (assumed tropical:) (??) an effective an applied to a verse on an ode] b6: And i. q. ?? (K) [accord. to the TK as an epithet applied to land, and meaning (assumed tropical:) Black likened to the eye of the buffalo; for ?? was sometimes termed by the Arabs خُضْرَة. but this explanation also may be conjectural; and ا rather think that it is so, and that by خَضْرآءِ is here meant (assumed tropical:) a bucket with which water has been drawn long, so that it has become green or blackish; (see أَخْضرْ,) agreeably with the following explanation, which is immediately subjoined in the K]. b7: And A water-skin (قِرْبَة) ready to become lacerated, or rent, (K, TA, [see عَيْنٌ,]) and worn out. (TA.) مَعَانٌ [A place in which one is seen]. One says, القَوْمُ مِنْكَ مَعَانٌ [in which the last word is app. a mistranscription. for بِمَعَانٍ, as in Har p. 22,] The people, or party are [in a place] where thou sees them with thine eye. (TA.) b2: And A place of alighting or abode, (K, TA,) and one in which one is known to be, (TA.) So in the saying, الكُوفَةُ مَعَانٌ مِنهْا [El-Koofeh is a place of our alighting or abode, &c.,] (TA.) مَعِينٌ Smitten with the [evil] eye; as also ↓ مَعْيُونٌ, the complete form: (S, TA:) or, accord. to Ez-Zejjájee, the former has this meaning, but ↓ المَعْيُونُ means اَلَّذِى فِيهِ عَيْنٌ [in which the last word is probably a mistranscription for عَيْبٌ; so that the meaning is, in whom is a fault, or defect], (L, TA.) A poet says, (S,) namely, 'Abbás, (TA,) قَدْ كَانَ قَوْمُكَ يَحْسَبُونَكَ سَيِّدًا

↓ وَإِخَلُ أِنَّكَ سَيِّدٌ مَعْيُونُ [Thy people, or party, used to reckon thee a chief; but I think that them art a chief (??) with the evil eye, or, perhaps, in whom is a fault, or defect]. (S, TA.) b2: مَآءٌ مَعِينٌ and ↓ مَعْيُونٌ (S, K:) (assumed tropical:) Water of which one has reached the (??) or sources, by digging: (S:) or water that is apparent (ظَاهِرٌ, for which the CK has ظاهرٌ), (K, TA,) seen by the eye, (TA,) running upon the surface of the earth: (K, TA:) Bedr Ibn-(??) El-Hudhalee says.

↓ مَآءٌ يُجِمُّ لِحَافِرٍ مَعْيُونِ [meaning Water collecting for a digger of which the springs have been reached by digging]; the last word, it as said, being put by him in the gen. case because of the proximity (??) a word (??) that case, agreeably with a poetic license of which there are many (??) مَعْيُونٌ, as it is an epithet (??) Respecting the measure of مَعِينٌ, which (??) from عَيْنُ المَآءِ. and explain as meaning (??) the source apparent, (??) (??) some say that it is an (??) of مَفْعُولٌ though not having a verb; and some, that of the measure فَعِيلٌ, from المعْنُ signifying the drawing of water. (TA.) In the say إِنْ كَانَتِ البَشَرُ مَعِينًا لَا تُنْزَحُ, meaning [If the (??) one] having a running spring, (that was not (??) entirely exhausted,] معينا is made masc. to (??) with the word [??, which is masc. in form though fem. by usage]; or it is thus because (??) imagined to be of the measure فَعِيل, in the sense of the measure مَفْعُول; or because it is for ذَاتَ مَعِينٍ, i. e. [having] water running upon the surface of the earth. (Mgh.) In the Kur xxxvii.

44. [and in like manner in lvi. 18.] مَعِين is used as meaning (assumed tropical:) Wine running upon the surface of the earth, like rivers of water. (Jel.) b3: عَيْنٌ

↓ مَعْيُونَةٌ means (assumed tropical:) A spring, or source, having a continued increase of water (Aboo-Sa'eed, TA.) مُعَيَّنٌ (assumed tropical:) A garment figured with eyes (S in art. برج:) or a garment in the figuring of which are small تَرَابِيع [app. meaning quadrangular forms (in the CK تَرْبِيع)] like the eyes of wild animals. (K.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) A bull having a blackness between his eyes: (K:) or a bull; so called because of the largeness of his eyes: or so called because having spots of black and white, as though there were eyes upon his skin. (Ham p. 293.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) Locusts (جَرَاد) which, when stripped of the integument, are seen to be white and red: mentioned by Az in art. ينع, on the authority of ISh. (TA.) A2: [Also, as pass. part. n. of 2, (assumed tropical:) Individuated, or particularized; i. e. distinguished from the generality, or aggregate: &c.: see the verb. Hence] نِيَّةٌ مُعَيَّنَةٌ means [A distinct, particular, or special, purpose; lit.] a purpose made distinct: and it is allowable for one to attribute the action to the purpose, tropically; and thus to say ↓ نِيَّةٌ مُعَيِّنَةٌ [A distinguishing purpose], using the act. part. n. (Msb.) مُعَيِّنٌ: see an ex. of its fem. in what next precedes.

مِعْيَانٌ: see عَيُونٌ. [And see also مُعْتَانٌ.]

مَعْيُونٌ and its fem.: see مَعِينٌ, in six places.

مُعْتَانٌ An explorer of a people or party, who is sent before to seek for herbage and water and the places where rain has fallen, (K, TA, [in the CK, المِعْيانُ is erroneously put for المُعْتَانُ,]) and who searches for news or tidings. (TA.) مُتَعَيِّنٌ: see عَيِّنٌ.

علو

1 عَلَا, (Msb, K,) aor. ـْ (Msb,) inf. n. عُلُوٌّ; (Msb, K;) and عَلِىَ; and ↓ تعلّى [which last see also below]; (K;) It (a thing, Msb) was, or became, high, elevated, or lofty; (Msb, K; *) syn. اِرْتَفَعَ; (Msb;) and so ↓ تعالى: (S, K:) or you say, عَلَا فِى المَكَانِ [it was, or became, high, or elevated, in place], aor. ـْ inf. n. عُلُوٌّ: (S:) and عَلِىَ فِى الشَّرَفِ [(assumed tropical:) he was, or became, high, or elevated, or exalted, in dignity, or nobility], (S, Mgh,) with kesr, (S,) aor. ـْ inf. n. عَلَآءٌ; (S, Mgh;) and also عَلَا, with fet-h, aor. ـْ a poet says, لَمَّا عَلَا كَعْبُكَ لِى عَلِيتُ [(assumed tropical:) When thy nobility became exalted to me, I became exalted]; thus combining the two dial. vars.: (S:) or you say, عَلِىَ فِى المَكَارِمِ [(assumed tropical:) he was, or became, eminent in generous, or honourable, actions or qualities], inf. n. عَلَآءٌ [in some copies of the K عَلًا]; (Msb, K;) and عَلَا, inf. n. عُلُوٌّ; (K;) and thus the two verbs are used in the saying of the poet cited above: (TA:) and ↓ استعلى, said of a man, signifies the same as عَلَا. (S.) [Hence,] عَلَتِ الشَّمْسُ The sun became high; as also ↓ اِعْتَلَت: (Nawádir el-Aaráb, TA in art. دلك:) and [hence,] عَلَا النَّهَارُ The day became advanced, the sun being somewhat high; syn. اِرْتَفَعَ [q. v.]; as also ↓ اعتلى and ↓ استعلى. (K.) b2: عَلَا فِى المَكَانِ, inf. n. عُلُوٌّ, signifies [also] He ascended the place, or upon the place; syn. صَعِدَ: and عَلَوْتُ عَلَى الجَبَلِ and عَلَوْتُ أَعْلَاهُ are syn. [as meaning I ascended the mountain, or upon the mountain, or upon the top, or highest part, thereof]: and عَلَوْتُهُ and عَلَوْتُ فِيهِ signify I ascended it; syn. رَقِيتُ فِيهِ. (Msb.) عَلَاهُ (S, Msb, K, TA) and عَلَا بِهِ, (K, TA, [in the CK علّاه وبه is put for عَلَاهُ وَبِهِ,]) and ↓ استعلاهُ, (S, K, TA,) and ↓ اعتلاهُ, (S,) and ↓ اِعْلَوْلَاهُ, and ↓ اعلاهُ, and ↓ علّاه, (K, TA,) this last [for which the CK has عالاهُ] being with teshdeed, (TA,) and ↓ عالاهُ and بِهِ ↓ عالى, (K, TA, [in the CK عالَّاهُ وبه,]) are syn., (S, K,) signifying He ascended it, or upon it; (K; [in the CK صَعَّدَهُ, and so in my MS. copy of the K, but in other copies صَعِدَهُ, which is certainly the right reading;]) whether the object be a mountain or a beast: (TA:) [or] you say, عَلَا الدَّابَّةَ He mounted the beast; (K, TA;) and in like manner, anything: (TA:) and عَلَى السَّطْحَ, aor. ـْ (K, TA;) but in the M عَلِىَ السَّطْحَ, i. e., like رَضِىَ; (TA;) inf. n. عَلْىٌ (K, TA) and عِلْىٌ (TA, and so accord. to some copies of the K,) and عُلِىٌّ; (TA, and so accord. to other copies of the K instead of عِلْىٌ;) He ascended upon the flat house-top; syn. صَعِدَهُ. (K, TA.) b3: [عَلَاهُ signifies also He, or it, was, or became, upon it, or over it: and it came, or arose, upon it; overlay it; was, or became, superincumbent, or supernatant, upon it; or overspread it; as scum, and rust, &c. And It lay on him as a burden. Hence,] one says, مَا سَأَلْتُكَ مَا يَعْلُوكَ ظَهْرًا i. e. [(assumed tropical:) I did not ask, or demand, of thee, what would lie as a burden on thy back; or] what would be onerous, burdensome, oppressive, or troublesome, to thee. (TA.) b4: And [hence also] عَلَاهُ It over-topped it, rose above it, or exceeded it in height. (TA in art. دصر.) [And in like manner, ↓ استعلى

عَلَيْهِ It became elevated above it.] b5: And عَلَوْتُهُمْ بِالشَّرَفِ and بِالجَمَالِ [(assumed tropical:) I was, or became, superior to them in nobility and in goodliness]. (S in art. فرع.) b6: And عَلَاهُ [(assumed tropical:) He had, or gained, ascendency over him, or it; as also عَلَا عَلَيْهِ and عليه ↓ استعلى: and] (assumed tropical:) he overcame him; or had, or gained, the mastery over him; (S, Msb, TA;) and subdued him; (Msb;) namely, his opponent, or adversary; as also ↓ استعلاهُ: and in like manner, عَلَا حَاجَتَهُ and ↓ استعلاها (assumed tropical:) he gained the mastery over the object of his want: and ↓ اعتلى

الشَّىْءَ (assumed tropical:) he prevailed against the thing, or had power over it, and overcame it; and عَلَا لِلشَّىْءِ, aor. ـْ (assumed tropical:) he was, or became, able to do, or accomplish, or to bear, the thing. (TA.) عَلَا بِالأَمْرِ means اِضْطَلَعَ بِهِ وَاسْتَقَلَّ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) He had strength, or power, sufficient for the affair, and had absolute control over it]: (S: [so in one of my copies: the other has اِطَّلَعَ, which I find also in the PS and in my copy of the TA; and which is allowed by some, but disallowed by others, in the sense of اِضْطَلَعَ, as is shown voce مُضْطَلِعٌ:]) a poet says, فَاعْمِدْ لِمَا تَعْلُو فَمَا لَكَ بِالَّذِى

لَا تَسْتَطِيعُ مِنَ الأُمُورِ يَدَانِ [Then aim thou at that for which thou hast sufficient strength, or power, and over which thou hast absolute control: (بِهِ being understood after تعلو:) for what object hast thou in meddling with that which a pair of hands cannot accomplish, of affairs?]. (S.) [And hence, perhaps,] one says to him who possesses much property, اعل به i. e. ابق بعده [app. اُعْلُ بِهِ and اِبْقَ بَعْدَهُ, as though meaning (assumed tropical:) Have thou ability to consume it, and so survive thou it; like as one says to him who puts on a new garment, أَبْلِ (see 4 in art. بلو)]: or [perhaps a mistake for “ and ”] it is [virtually] a prayer for his continuance in life. (TA.) b7: عَلَوْتُ عَلَى فُلَانٍ الرِّيحَ means I was [or went] on the windward side of such a one: and one says, لَا تَعْلُ الرِّيحَ عَلَى الصَّيْدِ فَيَرَاحَ رِيحَكَ وَيَنْفِرَ [i. e. Go not thou on the windward side of the game, lest it scent thy odour, and take fright and flee]. (TA.) b8: عَلَوْتُهُ بِالسَّيْفِ means I smote him [with the sword; or, more properly, I set upon him therewith]. (S, TA.) And [in like manner] one says, عَلَاهُ بِالشَّتْمِ وَالضَّرْبِ [(assumed tropical:) He set upon him, or assailed him, or overcame him, with reviling and beating]. (S and M in art. ثول, &c.) b9: عَلَا فِى

الأَرْضِ, (S, TA,) inf. n. عُلُوٌّ, (S,) signifies (assumed tropical:) He exalted, or magnified, himself, [in the earth,] or behaved proudly, insolently, or exorbitantly. (S, * TA.) And [in like manner] لَا تَعْلُوا عَلَى اللّٰهِ, in the Kur xliv. 18, (assumed tropical:) Exalt not, or magnify not, yourselves against God; or behave not proudly, &c. (Bd, Jel.) b10: عَلَا عَنْهُ [lit. signifies It rose from it: and hence,] it recoiled from it, i. e., a thing from another thing; it did not cleave to it: and تَعْلُو عَنْهُ العَيْنُ means (assumed tropical:) The eye recoils from him. (TA.) b11: اُعْلُ عَنِّى: see 3. b12: عَلَا بِهِ as syn. with أَعْلَاهُ: see expl. with the latter below.2 علّاهُ: see 4. b2: [Hence,] one says, عَلَّيْتُ بِهِ عَلَى البَعِيرِ [I raised it, and put it, upon the camel]: (S:) [and so ↓ عَالَيْتُهُ; as in a verse cited voce رَائِحٌ, in art. روح; in which, and in the present art., it is cited in the S and TA: and ↓ عَالَبْتُ بِهِ; as in a verse cited voce إِلَى in the sense of مِنْ, in art. الو:] and عَلَىَّ ↓ عَالِ means اِحْمِلْ [i. e. Put thou upon me such a thing to be carried by me; or load thou me]. (S, K.) b3: And عَلَّيْتُ الحَبْلَ, inf. n. تَعْلِيَةٌ, I raised the cord to its proper place in respect of the channel of the sheave, and in respect of the [main] well-rope. (S.) b4: And علّى الدَّلْوَ, inf. n. as above, He raised the bucket from a stone projecting in the lower part of the casing of a well [and impeding its ascent]; he having descended the well for that purpose: [or simply he raised the filled bucket; for] some say that ↓ المُعَلِّىsignifies he who raises the filled bucket; i. e., who draws water thereby. (TA.) b5: And علّى المَتَاعَ عَنِ الدَّابَّةِ He put down the goods, or furniture and utensils, from the beast: [app. because he who does so lifts them off the beast:] (K, TA:) أَعْلَاهُ in this sense is disapproved. (TA.) b6: See also 1, former half. b7: And see Q. Q. 1.3 مُعَالَاةٌ signifies (assumed tropical:) The vying, competing, or contending for superiority, in highness, loftiness, elevation, or eminence. (KL.) You say, عَالَاهُ, meaning سَامَاهُ. (M in art. سمو. [See 3 in that art. in two places.]) b2: See 4, in two places. b3: عُولِىَ, said of clarified butter, and of the fat of anything having fatness, means It was wrought (صُنِعَ [app. over a fire]) until it rose in the operation. (TA.) b4: عَالَوْا نَعِيَّهُ (assumed tropical:) They manifested the announcement of his death: (K, TA:) [as though meaning they raised the report of his death:] one should not say أَعْلَوْهُ nor عَلَّوْهُ. (TA.) b5: See 2, in three places. b6: عَالَتِ البَيْقُورَ, occurring in a verse of Umeiyeh Ibn-Abi-s-Salt, is mentioned and explained in the S in this art. and in art. عول: see the latter art. [to which it seems more properly to belong]. b7: See 1, former half, in two places. b8: عَالِ عَنِّى Remove thou, or go thou away or aside, from me; as also عَنِّى ↓ أَعْلِ; (S, TA;) for which latter, أَعْلِ عَنِّجْ occurs in a trad. respecting the slaughter of Abu-Jahl; and عَنِّى ↓ اُعْلُ with the conjunctive ا is a dial. var. of أَعْلِ عَنِّى

with the disjunctive ا mentioned by Fr. (TA.) b9: [Hence,] one says, عَنَّا ↓ أَعْلِ and عَالِ [i. e. and عَالِ عَنَّا], meaning (assumed tropical:) Seek the object of thy want at the hands of other than us (عِنْدَ غَيْرِنَا), for we are not able to accomplish it. (TA.) b10: And عالى and ↓ اعلى signify He came to the 'Áliyeh of Nejd, i. e. the region above Nejd, extending to the land of Tihámeh and the part behind Mekkeh, (S, K,) i. e. [to] El-Hijáz and what is next to it. (S.) 4 اعلاهُ He (a man, Msb) elevated it (i. e. a thing, Msb); or made it high, or lofty; (Msb, K;) as also ↓ علّاهُ, (K,) with teshdeed, (TA,) and بِهِ ↓ عَلَا [without teshdeed]: (K:) it is [also] said of God, meaning (assumed tropical:) He elevated, or exalted, him; and ↓ عالاهُ is like it [in meaning]: (S:) and بِفُلَانٍ ↓ عَالَيْتُ signifies the same as أَعْلَيْتُهُ [(assumed tropical:) I elevated, or exalted, such a one; as also, app., (see 4 in art. ظهر,) أَعْلَيْتُ بِفُلَانٍ]. (Ham p. 175.) Hence one says, أَعْلَى اللّٰهُ كَعْبَهُ [(tropical:) God exalted, or may God exalt, his nobility]. (TA.) b2: See also 1, former half. b3: أَعْلِ الوِسَادَةَ means Sit thou upon the cushion. (TA.) b4: And أَعْلِ عَنِ الوِسَادَةِ Rise thou from the cushion; syn. قُمْ: (TA in art. دك:) or descend thou from it. (S * and TA in the present art.) And اعلى عَنِ الدَّابَّةِ He alighted from the beast. (K, TA.) b5: See also 3, latter half, in three places.5 تعلّى: see 1, first sentence. b2: Also (K) He, or it, was, or became, high, elevated, or lofty, gently, or leisurely. (S, K.) b3: And He came upon a party of men suddenly, or at unawares, without permission. (TA.) b4: تَعَلَّتْ مِنْ نِفَاسِهَا (assumed tropical:) She (a woman) became free, (S, Mgh, K,) and passed forth, (Mgh,) from her state of impurity consequent upon childbirth; (S, Mgh, K;) as also ↓ تَعَالَتْ; (Mgh; and TA in art. عل;) and so تَعَالَّتْ, as well as تَعَلَّلَتْ: (K and TA in that art.:) or مِنْ مَرَضِهَا from her disease: (K:) or you say of a woman, تعلّت من نفاسها meaning [as above or] she became pure from the effects of her childbirth: (TA:) and of a man you say, تعلّى مِنْ عِلَّتِهِ (S, TA) he recovered from his disease. (TA.) 6 تعالى: see 1, first sentence. b2: Addressing a man, (S, Msb,) using the imperative form, you say, تَعَالَ, (S, Msb, K,) with fet-h to the ل, (S, K,) originally meaning Be thou elevated, (S, Msb,) and said by a man in a high place in calling a man in a low place; (Msb;) then, by reason of frequency of usage, employed in the sense of هَلُمَّ [meaning Come thou], (S, Msb,) absolutely, whether the place of the person called be high or low or on the same level; so that it is originally applied to denote a particular meaning, and then used in a general meaning: (Msb:) and to a woman one says, تَعَالَىْ; (S, K;) and to two women, (S,) or two persons, (TA,) تَعَالَيَا; (S, TA;) and to a pl. number of men, تَعَالَوْا; (Msb, TA;) and to a pl. number of women, تَعَالَيْنَ; (S, Msb, TA;) and sometimes the ل is pronounced with damm in the pl. masc., and with kesr in the fem.; whence El-Hasan El-Basree read, [in the Kur iii. 57,] قُلْ يَا أَهْلَ الْكِتَابِ تَعَالُوا [Say thou, O people of the Scripture, come ye, the usual reading being تَعَالَوْا], for the sake of congeniality with the و: (Msb, TA:) it is not allowable to say تَعَالَيْتُ [as meaning I came], nor to use the prohibitive form; (S;) but one says, (thus accord. to several copies of the S,) or nor does one say, (thus accord. to one of my copies of the S, [and accord. to the TA, in which it is said that the verb is not used otherwise than in the imperative form,]) قَدْ تَعَالَيْتُ [as meaning I have come], and إِلَى أَىِّ شَىْءٍ أَتَعَالَى

[as meaning To what thing shall I come? like as one says, إِلَامَ أَهَلُمَّ]. (S.) b3: [تعالى signifies also (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, exalted, or extolled: and (assumed tropical:) he exalted himself: and in both of these senses it is often followed by عَنْ as syn. with عَلَى, denoting superiority: you say, تعالى فُلَانٌ عَنْ كَذَا, meaning (assumed tropical:) Such a one was, or became, exalted above such a thing; or simply, was, or became, above it, i. e. too elevated in character for it: and also, exalted himself above such a thing; or held himself above it.] Said of God, in the Kur xx. 113 [and in other instances therein], it means [(assumed tropical:) Exalted, or supremely exalted, is He] in his essence and his attributes, above the created beings. (Bd.) [But in common speech, it is generally used as an ejaculation of praise, meaning (assumed tropical:) Exalted or extolled, or supremely exalted or extolled, be He, or his greatness or majesty or glory, or his name; or acknowledged be his absolute supremacy. And the common expression (used in citing words of the Kur-án) قَالَ تَعَالَى means (assumed tropical:) He saith, or hath said, exalted or extolled, or supremely exalted or extolled, be He; &c.] b4: See also 5.8 إِعْتَلَوَ see 1, in two places as trans.: b2: and also in two places as intrans.

A2: [It may also be used for, or in the sense of, اِئتَلَى, as meaning He fell short in an affair: see its part. n.]10 إِسْتَعْلَوَ see 1, in seven places. [The inf. n. اِسْتِعْلَآءٌ, properly denotes Superiority that is perceptible by sense: and tropically, such as is ideal, or perceived by the intellect: see عَلَى, below.] b2: One says also, هٰذِهِ الكَلِمَةُ تَسْتَعْلِى لِسَانِى, meaning [(assumed tropical:) This word, or sentence,] is often current upon my tongue. (TA.) b3: And اِسْتَعْلَى عَلَى الغَايَةِ, said of a horse in the contending to outstrip in a race, means (assumed tropical:) He reached the goal. (TA.) 12 اِعْلَوْلَاهُ: see 1, former half. Q. Q. 1 عَلْوَنَ الكِتَابَ, (S, K,) inf. n. عَلْوَنَةٌ and عُلْوَانٌ, (K,) i. q. عَنْوَنَهُ [He put a superscription, or title, to the book, or writing; or he wrote the superscription, or title, thereof]; (S, K;) as also الكِتَابَ ↓ عَلَّى; (K;) which latter is the more agreeable with analogy. (TA.) [See also Q. Q. 1 in arts. عن and عنو.]

مِنْ عَلُ: see the next paragraph. It also signifies, simply, Above him or it; or in the higher, or highest, part of him or it: thus in a hemistich cited voce تَحْت. (Mughnee.) [In all cases,] عَلُ is determinate, and indecl., with damm for its invariable termination: (Mughnee, TA:) [for it is regarded as a prefixed noun of which the complement is to be understood as to the meaning but not as to the letter:] in the saying of Ows, كَغِرْقِئِ بَيْضٍ كَنَّهُ القَيْضُ مِنْ عَلُو [Like the thin pellicle of eggs, which the shell covers above], the و [in عَلُو] is augmentative, being added to render the rhyme unrestricted: (S, TA:) and in the instance of مِنْ عَلُهْ, likewise ending a verse, the ه is that of pausation: for if عَلُ were [really] a prefixed noun, it would not be thus indecl. (Mughnee, TA.) أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ, (S, * K,) whence the saying of Imra-el-Keys cited in the first paragraph of art. حط, (S, Mughnee, TA,) and ↓ مِنْ عَلُ, [respecting which see the next preceding paragraph,] and ↓ مِنْ عَلَا, (S, K,) of which a verse cited voce نَاشَ in art. نوش is an ex., (S, TA,) and ↓ مِنع عَالٍ, signify the same, (S, Mughnee, K,) i. e. مِنْ فَوْقٍ; (K;) [which, with أَتَيْتُهُ preceding it, means I came to him, or it, from above; and (assumed tropical:) I overcame, or subdued, him, or it; for] اتاه من فوق and من علو [app. ↓ من عَلْوٍ (see عَلْوٌ below,) tropically used,] means قَهَرَهُ; (Ham p. 128;) [but the former is here meant in many, if not in all, instances, as is shown by what follows;] and [in like manner] one says, ↓ أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ مُعَالٍ; [whence] Dhu-r-Rummeh says, وَنَغَضَانُ الرّحْلِ مِنْ مُعَالِ [And the shaking of the camel's saddle in the upper part]. (S, TA.) عَلِ in مِنْ عَلِ is indeterminate [in itself] and decl. [as being a prefixed noun of which the complement is to be understood as to the meaning and as to the letter; thus differing from عَلُ in مِنْ عَلُ: if the complement were not to be understood either as to the letter or as to the meaning, one would say مِنْ عَلٍ, originally مِنْ عَلْوٍ]. (TA.) One says also أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ الدَّارِ, [thus in several copies of the S, from which one of my copies deviates by erroneously substituting عَلى for عَلِ,] with kesr to the ل, meaning مِنْ عَالِ [or rather مِنْ عَالِ الدَّارِ i. e. I came to him, or it, from the high, or elevated, part of the house or abode]: (S:) or the using عَل [thus] as a prefixed noun is a mistake. (Mughnee.) b2: And one says, اُزْجُرِ الفَزَّ عَلِ عَلِ and ↓ عَلَا عَلَا [Chide thou the young one of the wild cow, saying عَلِ عَلِ and عَلَا عَلَا]. (TA.) عَلَا [as a subst.]: see the next preceding paragraph, in two places.

A2: See also عَلَاةٌ.

عَلْوٌ: see عُلْوٌ in five places. b2: Also A high, or an elevated, state of the base, or foundation, of a building. (TA.) b3: And you say, أَخَذَهُ عَلْوًا, meaning (assumed tropical:) He took him, or it, by force. (K, TA.) See also the next but one of the preceding paragraphs.

عُلْوٌ and ↓ عِلْوٌ (S, Msb, K) and ↓ عَلْوٌ (K) signify The higher, or highest, part (S, Msb, K) of a house, or an abode, (S, Msb,) or of a thing; (K;) as also ↓ عِلْوَةٌ (K voce سُفْلٌ) and ↓ عُلَاوَةٌ and ↓ عَالِيَةٌ. (K in the present art.) You say, قَعَدْتُ عُلْوَهُ and ↓ عِلْوَهُ and فِى عُلْوِهِ and ↓ فى عِلْوِهِ [i. e. I sat in the higher, or highest, part of it]. (TA.) And Aashà-Báhileh says, إِنِّى أَتَنْنِى لِسَانٌ لَا أُسَرُّ بِهَا لَا عَجَبٌ مِنْهَا وَلَا سُخُرُ ↓مِنْ عَلْوَ (S,) or, as in one of my copies of the S, أَسُرُّ and سَخَرُ,) i. e. Verily information has come to me [by which I shall not be rejoiced (or by which I shall not rejoice others, accord. to the latter reading mentioned above,)] from the higher, or highest, parts of Nejd, (مِنْ أَعْلَى نَجْدٍ, thus in some copies of the S and in the TA, but in other copies of the S the word نَجْدٍ is omitted,) [at which there is no wondering, as at a thing that is improbable, nor any scoffing;] related [thus] with fet-h to the و and with damm thereto and with kesr thereto [i. e. عَلْوَ as above and also ↓ عَلْوُ and ↓ عَلْوِ]. (S, TA.) b2: One says also, هٰذَا شِعْرُ عُلْو [app. عُلْوٍ], meaning (assumed tropical:) This is poetry of a high class: or [the last word may be ↓ عَلْوَ or عَلْوُ or عَلْوِ, for it may mean], of the higher, or highest, part of Nejd. (TA.) عِلْوٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in three places.

عَلْىٌ: see عَلْيَآءُ.

عِلْىٌ: see عَلِىٌّ.

عَلَى is a particle and a noun (Mbr, S, Mughnee, K) and a verb; (Mbr, S;) though some assert that it is only a noun, and ascribe this assertion to Sb: (Mughnee:) its alif, (Sb, S, Msb,) [which, when it has no affix, is written ى, and] which is originally و, (Sb, S,) [like that of إِلَى, q. v.,] is changed into [what is properly] ى when it has a pronominal affix, (Sb, S, Msb,) as in عَلَيْكَ, (Sb, S,) and عَلَيْهِ; (Msb;) but some of the Arabs [in this case] leave it unchanged, as in the saying of a rájiz, طَارُوا عَلَاهُنَّ فَطِرْ عَلَاهَا [They fled, or have fled, upon them, (referring to camels,) and flee thou upon her]; this, it is said, being of the dial. of Belhárith Ibn-Kaab. (Sb, S.) b2: As a particle, it has nine [or more than nine] meanings. (Mughnee.) As such, (Mughnee,) or, accord. to Sb, as a noun, (K,) it denotes الاِسْتِعْلَآء [i. e. superiority] (Msb, Es-Subkee, Mughnee, K, TA) properly thus termed, (Msb,) such as is perceptible by sense; (Es-Subkee, TA;) either with respect to what is signified by the noun governed by it, and this is generally the case, (Mughnee,) as in the saying [in the Kur xxiii. 22 and xl. 80], وَعَلَيْهَا وَعَلَى الْفُلْكِ تُحْمَلُونَ [And upon them (referring to camels) and upon the ship, or ships, ye are carried]; (Mughnee, K;) or with respect to what is near thereto, as in the saying [in the Kur xx. 10], أَوْ أَجِدُ عَلَى النَّارِ هُدًى [Or I shall find near upon the fire, i. e. at the fire, a right direction]: (Mughnee:) and using it to denote الاستعلآء properly thus termed, you say, كُنْتُ عَلَى السَّطْحِ [I was upon the flat house-top]: (Msb:) [in like manner also,] as denoting الاستعلآء that is perceptible by sense, it occurs in the saying [in the Kur lv. 26], كُلُّ مَنْ عَلَيْهَا فَانٍ [Every one that is upon it (referring to the earth) is transitory]: (Es-Subkee, TA:) and you say, عَلَى زَيْدٍ ثَوْبٌ [Upon Zeyd is, or was, a garment], عَلَى being here a particle; and عَلَا زَيْدًا ثَوْبٌ [A garment was upon Zeyd,] عَلَا being here a verb. (Mbr, S.) And it denotes الاستعلآء, likewise, tropically thus termed, (Msb, TA,) such as is ideal, or perceived by the intel-lect; (Msb, Es-Subkee, Mughnee, TA;) as in the saying زَيْدٌ عَلَيْهِ دَيْنٌ (tropical:) [Zeyd, a debt is lying upon him, or incumbent on him, i. e. he owes a debt, لِفُلَانٍ to such a one], that which is ideal being thus likened to that which is corporeal; (Msb;) and in the phrases عَلَيْنَا أَمْرٌ and عَلَيْنَا مَالٌ, meaning (tropical:) An affair, or a command, lies, or rests, upon us, or is incumbent on us, and so property, [as due from us, i. e.] the former as a duty and the latter as a debt, i. e. يَثْبُتُ, like as the thing lies, or rests, (يَثْبُتُ,) upon the place; the latter phrase importing responsibility: and ثَبَتَ عَلَيْهِ مَالٌ is also said to mean كَثُرَ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) property was, or became, much in quantity, or amount, upon him, app. as a burden imposing upon him responsibility]. (TA.) And it [likewise] denotes ideal استعلآء in the phrase لَهُمْ عَلَىَّ ذَنْبٌ (tropical:) [A crime, or an offence, committed upon (or here, as in many other instances, it may be rendered against) me is imputable to them]: (Mughnee:) and so in the saying [in the Kur ii. 254 and xvii. 22], فَضَّلْنَا بَعْضَهُمْ عَلَى بَعْضٍ (tropical:) [We have made some of them to have superiority over some]. (Es-Subkee, Mughnee, TA.) [See also أَنْتَ عَلَى عَيْنِى, and and أَنْتَ عَلَى رَأْسِى, voce عَيْنٌ, first quarter.] b3: It also denotes concomitance, like مَعَ; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 172], وَآتَى المَالَ عَلَى حُبِّهِ [And giveth property with (or notwithstanding) the love of it]; (Mughnee, K;) and so it is said to be used in the phrase, in a trad. respecting the alms of the breaking of the fast [of Ramadán], عَلَى كُلِّ حُرٍّ وَعَبْدٍ صَاعٌ [With every free man and slave, a sáa], because the alms-gift of the breaking of the fast is not incumbent on the slave, but only on his master; (IAth, TA;) and so it is used in the [common] phrase, عَلَى أَنَّنِى رَاضٍ

[With (or notwithstanding) my being pleased, or well pleased, or content]. (Har p. 13.) b4: It also denotes transition, (Mughnee, K,) like عَنْ; (Mughnee;) as in the saying (of El-Koheyf El-'Okeylee, TA), إِذَا رَضِيَتْ عَلَىَّ بَنُو قُشَيْرٍ

لَعَمْرُ اللّٰهِ أَعْجَبَنِى رِضَاهَا [When the sons of Kusheyr shall be pleased, or well pleased, or content, with me, (or rather, if عَلَىَّ here denote transition, with what will proceed from me,) by the everlasting existence of God, their being pleased, &c., will induce in me admiration, or pleasure], (Mughnee, K, * TA,) i. e. عَنِّى; (Mughnee, TA;) or it may be that رَضِىَ is made to imply the meaning of عَطَفَ [which is trans. by means of عَلَى]; (Mughnee;) or, as Ks says, it is made to accord with its contr. سَخِطَ, (Mughnee, TA,) by its being made trans. by means of عَلَى: (TA:) and so in the saying, فِى لَيْلَةٍ لَا نَرَى بِهَا أَحَدًا يَحْكِى عَلَيْنَا إِلَّا كَوَاكِبَهَا [In a nigh in which we shall not see any one that shall report what will proceed from us, except its stars], i. e., عَنَّا; or it may be said that يَحْكِى is [here] made to imply the meaning of يَنُِمُّ. (Mughnee.) b5: It is also used to assign a cause, like ل; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 181], وَلِتُكَبِّرُوا اللّٰهَ عَلَى مَا هَدَاكُمْ, (Mughnee, K,) meaning لِهِدَايَتِهِ

إِيَّاكُمْ [i. e. And that ye should magnify God for, or on account of, his rightly directing you]; (Mughnee;) [and in the same, vi. 90, &c., لَا

أَسْأَلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا i. e. I will not ask of you for it, or on account of it, a recompense;] and as in the saying of Rabee'ah Ibn Makroom Ed-Dabbee, فَدَعَوْا نَزَالِ فَكُنْتُ أَوَّلَ نَازِلٍ

وَعَلَامَ أَرْكَبُهُ إِذَا لَمْ أَنْزِلِ i. e. [And they called out, “Alight; ” and I was the first of any alighting:] and for what [or wherefore] do I ride him if I do not alight when called upon to do so? (Ham p. 29. [عَلَامَ is here, as usually, for عَلَى مَ.]) b6: It is also used in the sense of فِى [generally followed by a noun significant of time]; (S, Mughnee, K; *) as in the saying [in the Kur xxviii. 14], وَدَخَلَ الْمَدِينَةَ عَلَى حِينِ غَفْلَةٍ [And he entered the city in, or during, a time of inadvertence]; (Mughnee, K;) and in the saying [in the same ii. 96], وَاتَّبَعُوا مَا تَتْلُو الشَّيَاطِينُ عَلَى مُلْكِ سُلَيْمَانَ, meaning, فِى

زَمَنِ مُلكِ سليمان [i. e. And they followed what the devils related, or recited, in the time of, or during, the reign of Suleymán (or Solomon)]; (Mughnee;) and in the phrase, كَانَ كَذَا عَلَى

عَهْدِ فُلَانٍ, meaning, فِى عَهْدِهِ [i. e. It was thus, or such a thing was, in the time of such a one]: (S:) [and in like manner it is used in the saying in the Kur iii. 173, مَا كَانَ اللّٰهُ لِيَذَرَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَى مَا أَنْتُمْ عَلَيْهِ God is not purposing to leave, or certainly will not leave, the believers in that state wherein ye are: and in the phrase عَلَى سَفَرٍ, in ii. 180 &c. of the same, i. e. In (or, as we also say, on) a journey: in like manner also] لَقَدْ سَرَيْتُ عَلَى الظَّلَامِ, in a verse of Aboo-Kebeer El-Hudhalee, means, فِى الظَّلَامِ [i. e. I have journeyed by night in the darkness], فى الظلام holding the place of a noun in the accus. case as a ظَرْف [i. e. an adverbial noun of time or place]; or it may be in the place of a denotative of state, meaning وَأَنَا عَلَى الظَّلَامِ i. e. رَاكِبٌ لَهُ [riding upon the darkness]: (Ham p. 37:) and you say of one who was desiring to rise and hasten, رَأَيْتُهُ عَلَى أَوْفَاضٍ [i. e. I found him in a state of haste: see وَفْضٌ]. (TA.) b7: [It also denotes conformity, accordance, adaptation, or agreement; as in the phrase, اِضْرِبْهُ عَلَى طَبْعِ هٰذَا i. e. Make thou it, fashion it, or mould it, conformably, or according, to the model, make, fashion, or mould, of this; (see طَبْعٌ;) and in طُبِعَ عَلَى الشَّىْءِ and جُبِلَ and فُطِرَ &c. i. e. He (a man) was created conformably, or with an adaptation or a disposition, to the thing: (see 1 in art. طبع:) so too in the phrase in the Kur xxiv. last verse, قَدْ يَعْلَمُ مَا أَنْتُمْ عَلَيْهِ Certainly He knoweth that state of conduct and mind to which ye are conforming yourselves; and in many other passages therein: thus also in the saying of Mohammad, كُلُّ مَوْلُودٍ يُولَدُ عَلَى

الفِطْرةِ Every infant is born in a state of conformity to the natural constitution with which he is created in his mother's womb in relation to the soul; (see art. فطر;) and in the prov., mentioned by Meyd, النَّاسُ عَلَى دِينِ المُلُوكِ The people are in conformity to, i. e. are followers of, or follow, the religion of the kings; and in the phrase, relating to a saying or an opinion, عَلَيْهِ أَكْثَرُ العُلَمَآءِ Upon it most of the learned are in agreement; in which, as in other exs. of the same kind, a verb or a part. n., (in the last, for instance, مُجْمِعُونَ or the like,) is understood. b8: It also denotes a condition; as in the phrases, صَالَحَهُ عَلَى كَذَا He made peace, or reconciliation, or a compromise, with him on the condition of such a thing, and عَلَى أَنْ يَفْعَلَ كَذَا on the condition of his doing such a thing. b9: And there are various other usages of this prep. depending upon verbs or part. ns. expressed or obviously understood in connection with them, too numerous to be here collected. Many of these will be found among the explanations of words with which they occur.] b10: It is also used in the sense of مِنْ; as in the saying, إِذَا اكْتَالُوا عَلَى النَّاسِ يَسْتَوْفُونَ, (S, Mughnee, K,) in the Kur [lxxxiii. 2], meaning, مِنَ النَّاسِ [i. e. Who, when they take by measure from men, take fully], (S,) or, as in the T, عَنِ النَّاسِ [which signifies the same]. (TA.) b11: It is also used in the sense of بِ; (S, Mughnee, K;) as in the saying in the Kur [vii. 103], عَلَى أنْ لَا أَقُولَ عَلَى اللّٰهِ إِلَّا الْحَقَّ, (Mughnee, K, *) meaning بِأَنْ, (TA,) [i. e. That I should not say of God aught save the truth,] and Ubeí read with ب [i. e. بِأَنْ]; (Bd, Mughnee;) like as they say, رَمَيْتُ عَلَى القَوْسِ [meaning بِالقَوْسِ, i. e. I shot with the bow], and جِئْتُ عَلَى حَالٍ حَسَنَةٍ [meaning بِحَالٍ حَسَنَةٍ, i. e. I came in a good condition]; (Bd; [in which, and also voce حَقِيقٌ, last sentence, see more;]) and they said also, اِرْكَبْ عَلَى اسْمِ اللّٰهِ [meaning, بِسْمِ اللّٰهِ, i. e. Mount thou in the name of God]: (Mughnee:) thus [too] it is used in the saying of Aboo-Dhu-eyb, يَسَرٌ يُفِيضُ عَلَى القِدَاحِ وَيَصْدَعُ [expl. in art. فيض, conj. 4,] meaning بِالقِدَاحِ: (S:) [and in the phrase عَلَى يَدِهِ i. e. By his hand, or (assumed tropical:) by his means.] b12: It is also used to denote an emendation, (Mughnee, K,) and a digression, or transition, (Mughnee,) like لٰكِنَّ; (TA;) as in the saying, فُلَانٌ لَا يَدْخُلُ الجَنَّةَ لِسُوءِ صَنِيعِهِ, (Mughnee,) or فُلَانٌ جَهَنَّمِىٌّ, (K,) عَلَى أَنَّهُ لَا يّيْأَسُ مِنْ رَحْمةِ اللّٰهِ, (Mughnee, K,) meaning لٰكِنَّهُ [i. e. Such a one will not enter Paradise, because of the evilness of his deed, or conduct, or such a one is hell-doomed; but, or yet, he will not despair of the mercy of God]: (TA:) and thus it is used in the saying, بِكُلٍّ تَدَاوَيْنَا فَلَمْ يُشْفَ مَا بِنَا عَلَى أَنَّ قُرْبَ الدَّارِ خَيْرٌ مِنَ البُعْدِ عَلَى أَنَّ قُرْبَ الدَّارِ لَيْسَ بِنَافِعٍ

إِذَا كَانَ مَنْ تَهْوَاهُ لِيْسَ بِذِى وَدِّ [With everything we treated, or have treated, ourselves curatively, and what was in us was not, or has not been, healed; but the nearness of the abode is better than the remoteness; but the nearness of the abode is not profitable when the person whom thou lovest is not endued with affection]: the poet invalidates by the first عَلَى his saying فَلَمْ يُشْفَ مَا بِنَا; and then, by the second عَلَى, the clause immediately preceding it. (Mughnee.) b13: It is also redundant, for the purpose of compensation; as in the saying, إِنَّ الكَرِيمَ وَأَبِيكَ يَعْتَمِلْ

إِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ يَوْمًا عَلَى مَنْ يَتَّكِلْ meaning مَنْ يَتَّكِلُ عَلَيْهِ [i. e. Verily the generous, by thy father, will work for himself when he finds not, some day, him upon whom he may rely]; عَلَى being added before مَنْ for the purpose of compensation [for its omission in its proper place]: (Mughnee, K:) Es-Subkee says, it may be redundant, as in the saying, لَا أَحْلِفُ عَلَى يَمِينٍ, meaning لا احلف يَمِينًا [i. e. I will not swear an oath]. (TA.) A2: It is also a noun, having the meaning of فَوْق [i. e. The location that is above, or over], this being the case when it is immediately followed by مِنْ; (S, Msb, Mughnee, K; *) as in the saying (of Muzáhim-El-'Okeylee, describing a قَطَاة [or sand-grouse, and, afterwards, its making a rumbling sound in its inside, from thirst], TA), غَدَتْ مِنْ عَلَيْهِ بِعْدَ مَا تَمَّ ظِمْؤُهَا [It went away in the early morning from the location above it, (or, as we say, from above it,) after that her interval between two comings to water was complete]: (Msb, Mughnee, K: [and a similar ex. is cited in the S:]) or, accord. to As, meaning مِنْ عِنْدِهِ [from its vicinage]: and, used in this sense, as a noun, it admits before it no other prep. than مِنْ. (Msb.) A3: عَلَيْكَ is also a verbal noun, used as an incentive: (TA:) you say, عَلَيْكَ زَيْدًا, (S, K, TA,) and بِزَيْدٍ, (TA,) meaning Take thou Zeyd; or take thou hold of Zeyd: (S, TA:) or keep thou, or cleave thou, to Zeyd: (K, TA:) and عَلَيْكَ بِكَذَا keep thou to such a thing: (El-Munáwee, TA in art. ب:) [thus] it is said in a trad., عَلَيْكَ باِلرِّفْقِ [Keep thou to gentleness]. (El-Jámi' es-Sagheer.) b2: And [in like manner] you say, عَلَىَّ زَيْدًا, and بِزَيْدٍ, meaning Give thou me, or present thou to me, Zeyd: (S, TA:) [or, more commonly, bring thou to me Zeyd:] you say, عَلَىَّ بِكَذَا, meaning bring thou to me such a thing. (MA.) عُلًى: see عَلَآءٌ. b2: [It is also pl. of عُلْيَا, fem. of أَعْلَى, q. v.]

عَلَاةٌ The سِنْدَان [or anvil], (S, Mgh, K, TA,) whether of شجر [app. meaning of such as are made from trees, or perhaps this is a mistranscription for صَخْر, i. e. rock], or of iron; or the زُبْرَة [i. e. iron anvil] upon which the blacksmith beats iron: (TA:) pl. [or rather coll. gen. n.]

↓ عَلًا. (S.) b2: Hence it is applied to a she-camel, as being likened thereto in respect of her hardness: you say نَاقَةٌ عَلَاةُ الخَلْقِ (assumed tropical:) [A she-camel hard, or firm, in respect of make]: (S:) or عَلَاةٌ thus applied signifies tall, or overtopping; as also ↓ عِلْيَانٌ, and ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ: (K, TA:) or ↓ عِلْيَانٌ, (TA,) or ↓ عَلْيَانٌ, (S,) and ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ, (TA,) signify, thus applied, tall and bulky; (S, TA;) or, as some say, outstripping in pace or journeying; never seen otherwise than before the other camels. (TA.) b3: Also A stone [placed upon two other stones called حِمَارَانِ (q. v.)] upon which is put [to dry the preparation of curd called] أَقِط: (S, K, TA:) or, as some say, a piece of rock upon which is made a circle of أَخْثَآء [or lumps of dung such as is called خِثْى (q. v.)] and bricks, or crude bricks, (لَبِن,) and ashes, and in, or upon, which أَقَط is then cooked: pl. [or coll. gen. n.] as above. (TA.) b4: And A thing like the [milking-vessel called] عُلْبَة, around which [dung such as is called]

خِثْى is put, and which is used for milking therein. (K.) عِلْوَةٌ: see عُلْوٌ.

عِلْيَةٌ: see عَلِىٌّ [of which it is said to be pl.].

عَلْوَى, accord. to IAar, [and so in my MS. copy of the K,] but accord. to [other copies of] the K ↓ عَلْوَآءُ, (TA,) i. q: قِصَّةٌ عَالِيَةٌ [app. A story, or an affair, of a high quality]. (K, TA. [See also عَلْيَآءُ.]) عَلْوَآءُ: see what next precedes.

عَلْيَآءُ A high place; (IAth, K, TA;) a subst. in this sense, not [an epithet syn. with عُلْيَا] fem. of أَعْلَى; for if it were this, it would [by rule] be necessarily determinate; (IAth, TA;) [though] it is sometimes used as syn. with عُلْيَا, see أَعْلَى: (Msb:) any high, or overtopping, place: (S, Msb:) this is its primary meaning: (Msb:) and [in like manner] ↓ عَلَايَةٌ signifies any high, or lofty, place; as also ↓ عَلْىٌ. (K.) And Any high thing. (K.) The head of a mountain: (K, TA:) or the head of any high, or overtopping, mountain. (TA.) And العَلْيَآءُ signifies The sky: (K, TA:) a subst., not an epithet. (TA.) مَا زَالَ مِنْهَا بِعَلْيَآءَ means He ceased not to be ennobled, and elevated in rank, or dignity, in consequence of it; i. e., a deed that he had done. (As, TA in art. بعل.) b2: Also (tropical:) A high, or an eminent, deed. (K, TA.) عُلْوِىٌّ: see عَالِىٌّ.

عُلْوَانٌ of a book or writing, The عُنْوَان thereof; (S, Msb, K, * TA;) i. e. its superscription, or title; syn. سِمَةٌ. (TA.) [See arts. عن and عنو.]

عَلْيَانٌ: see the next paragraph: and see also عَلَاةٌ.

عِلْيَانٌ, with kesr, (K, TA,) thus accord. to Az and ISd, but accord. to J, [in the S,] ↓ عَلْيَانٌ, like عَطْشَانٌ [in measure] Tall and corpulent, applied to a man, (S, TA,) and likewise to a woman: (TA:) or bulky: and tall: (K:) or bulky and tall, applied to a man and to a camel; fem. with ة: or, applied to a camel, old and bulky. (TA.) See also عَلَاةٌ, in two places. b2: Also, عِلْيَانٌ, The male hyena: (K, TA:) or a tall hyena. (TA.) b3: And A high, or loud, voice, as also ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ. (K.) A2: And Household-goods, or furniture and utensils; syn. مَتَاعٌ. (TA, as from the K; and TK; but not in my MS. copy of the K, nor in the CK.) عَلَآءٌ inf. n. of عَلِىَ (S, Mgh, Msb) in the phrase عَلِىَ فِى الشَّرَفِ (S, Mgh) or فِى المَكَارِمِ: (Msb:) and [used as a simple subst.] it signifies High, or elevated, rank or station; or eminence, or nobility; (K;) as also ↓ عُلًى, and ↓ مَعْلَاةٌ; (S;) or this last signifies the acquisition of high, or elevated, rank or station, or of eminence, or nobility; (K;) [or, agreeably with analogy, a cause, or means, of acquiring high, or elevated, rank &c.; being originally مَعْلَوَةٌ, of the measure مَفْعَلَةٌ, like مَبْخَلَةٌ and مَجْبَنَةٌ &c.;] and its pl. is مَعَالٍ, (S, Msb,) whence مَعَالِى الأُمُورِ i. e. مكتسب الشرف [a strange explanation of a pl. by a sing., app. meaning (the affairs, or actions, that are) the cause, or means, of acquiring high, or elevated, rank &c.]. (Msb.) b2: أَبُو العَلَآءِ [is a name for The kind of sweet food called] الفَالُوذَجُ [and الفَالُوذُ, q. v.]. (Har pp. 228.) عَلُوٌّ, like عَدُوٌّ [in measure], an epithet used in the phrase رَجُلٌ عَلُوٌّ لِلرِّجَالِ [app. meaning A man wont to exalt himself to other men]. (TA.) عُلُوٌّ: [see 1, of which it is an inf. n., and] see عِلِىٌّ.

عَلِىٌّ High, elevated, or lofty; (S, K;) applied to a thing; (K;) [and] so ↓ عَالٍ: (Msb:) so, too, the former, [and more commonly so,] in respect of rank, condition, or state; eminent, or noble: and ↓ عِلْيَةٌ is a pl. thereof in the latter sense; like as صِبْيَةٌ is of صَبِىٌّ; [or, as some hold a word of this form and class to be, a quasi-pl. n.;] as in the saying, فُلَانٌ مِنْ عِلْيَةِ النَّاسِ [Such a one is of the high in rank, &c., of men]; (S;) or عِلْيَةٌ, as also ↓ عِلْىٌ, [which latter is of a form proper to quasi-pl. ns. by common consent,] signifies the great in respect of estimation, rank, or dignity, of men, thus used in a pl. sense. (K.) b2: It signifies also Strong, robust, or powerful: (K, TA:) and hence it is used as a proper name of a man; (K, * TA;) and it may be also from the meaning of highness of rank &c., eminence, or nobility. (TA.) b3: العَلِىُّ as a name of God signifies [The High: or the Most High, like ↓ الأَعْلَى; i. e.] He above whom is nothing. (TA.) b4: عَلِيُّونَ [is also a pl. of عَلِىٌّ, and] signifies Persons alighting, or abiding, in the high parts of a country; in this sense opposed to سُفْلِيُّونَ: b5: and it signifies also Persons having opulence, and eminence, or nobility; in this sense likewise opposed to سُفْلِيُّونَ. (TA.) b6: عَلِيَّةٌ applied to a she-camel means Having strength to bear her burden; as also ↓ مُعْتَلِيَةٌ and ↓ مُسْتَعْلِيَةٌ: and you say نَاقَةٌ حَلِيَّةٌ عَلِيَّةٌ, the former epithet meaning pleasing in appearance and pace, and عالية [an evident mistranscription for عَلِيَّةٌ] meaning excelling. (TA.) b7: And one says, فُلَانٌ هَيىْءٌ عَلِىٌّ, meaning [Such a one is a person of goodly form or aspect or the like,] one who acts effeminately to women. (TA.) عِلِىٌّ i. q. ↓ عُلُوٌّ [an inf. n. of 1, q. v.]. (K, TA.) Hence the reading of Ibn-Mes'ood [in the Kur xxvii. 14], ظُلْمًا وَعِلِيًّا [By reason of wrongfulness and self-exaltation]. (TA.) عُلَاوَةٌ: see عُلْوٌ. b2: عُلَاوَةُ الرِّيحِ means The windward side; the side, or quarter, from which the wind blows; with respect to the game, or object of the chase; (S, TA;) and with respect to a man: (TA:) opposed to سُفَالَتُهَا. (S, Msb, * TA.) [See 1, last quarter.]

عِلَاوَةٌ Anything that one has raised and put, (S,) or a thing that one has hung, upon a camel, after the loading him (S, Mgh, Msb) completely, such as the water-skin and the سَفُّود [q. v.], (S,) or such as the [small leathern water-bag called] إِدَاوَة and the سُفْرَة [q. v.]: (Mgh, Msb:) or a thing that is put between the two equiponderant burdens, (K, TA,) after the binding of them upon the camel or other animal: (TA:) pl. عَلَاوَى, (S,) or عِلَاوَاتٌ. (Msb.) b2: Also A superaddition of anything; as meaning something added. (K, TA.) One says, أَعْطَاهُ أَلْفَ دِينَارٍ وَدِينَار عِلَاوَة [as though the phrase were, وَدِينَارَ عِلَاوَة, but the right reading is app. وَدِينَارًا عِلَاوَةً, i. e. He gave him a thousand deenárs, and a deenár as a superaddition, or over and above]. (TA.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) The upper, or uppermost, part of the head, or of the neck: (K:) or the head of a human being as long as it remains upon the neck: one says, ضَرَبَ عِلَاوَتَهُ i. e. رَأْسَهُ (assumed tropical:) [He smote his head, app. meaning he beheaded him]: (S:) or ضَرَبَ عِلَاوَةَ رَأْسِهِ, which is tropical: (Mgh:) and سَبَتَ عِلَاوَتَهُ (assumed tropical:) he smote his neck [so as to decapitate him]: (S and M in art. سبت:) and سُبِتَتْ عِلَاوَتُهُ (tropical:) His head was cut off; a tropical phrase. (A in that art.) عَلَايَةٌ: see عَلْيَآءُ.

عِلِّيَانٌ: see عَلَاةٌ, in two places: b2: and عِلْيَانٌ.

عِلِّىٌّ: see عِلِّيُّونَ.

عُلِّيَّةٌ, (S, Msb, K,) with damm, (Msb, K,) the ل, which is meksoorah, being with teshdeed, as is also the ى, (TA,) of the measure فُعِّيلَةٌ, like مُرِّيقَةٌ [n. un. of مُرِّيقٌ], (S,) originally عُلِّيوَةٌ, (S, Msb,) from عَلَوْتُ; (S;) and عِلِّيَّةٌ, with kesr, (S, Msb, K,) of the measure فِعِّيلَةٌ; or, as some say, from a reduplicate root, and of the measure فُعْلِيَّةٌ; adding that there is no instance of فُعِّيلَةٌ in the language; (S;) [therefore it is also mentioned in art. عل;] An upper chamber; or a chamber in the upper, or uppermost, story; syn. غُرْفَةٌ: (S, Msb, K:) pl. عَلَالِىُّ. (S, Msb, K.) b2: And عِلِّيَّةٌ, it is said, may signify also The board upon which is placed the مِعْيَار [or assay-balance]. (Har p. 550.) b3: See also the next paragraph.

عِلِّيُّونَ, [said to be] a pl. of which the sing. is ↓ عِلِّىٌّ, (K and TA in this art. and in art. عل,) or ↓ عِلِّيَّةٌ or عُلِّيَّةٌ, or a pl. having no sing., (K and TA in art. عل,) [or rather it is from a Hebr. word, as I have stated in art. عل,] A place in the Seventh Heaven, to which ascend the souls of the believers: (K, TA:) or the highest of the places: or a certain thing above another thing; [a word] of which the sing. is not known, nor the fem.: or loftiness above loftiness: or the Seventh Heaven [altogether]: or the دِيوَان [or register, or place of reckoning,] of the guardian angels, to which are brought up the reports of the deeds of the righteous: (TA:) or Paradise: or the right leg [or pillar] of the عَرْش [which is vulgarly held to mean the throne of God]: or [the lote-tree called] سِدْرَةُ المُنْتَهَى [respecting which see art. سدر]. (Har p. 5.) [See also other explanations in art. عل.]

عَالٍ: see عَلِىٌّ. b2: [Hence,] رَجُلٌ عَالِى الكَعْبِ (assumed tropical:) A man who is elevated, exalted, eminent, or noble. (K. [See also كَعْبٌ.]) It is said in a trad. respecting Keyleh, لَا يَزَالُ كَعْبُكِ عَالَيًا, meaning May thou not cease to be elevated, or noble; exalted above such as treats, or regards, thee with enmity. (TA.) b3: مِنْ عَالٍ signifies the same as مِنْ عَلِ, q. v. (S, K.) b4: عَالِيَةُ الدَّمِ, said of the حَائِض, means One whose blood rises above the water. (TA.) b5: [عَالٍ applied to a word, or form of word, signifies (assumed tropical:) Of high authority, approved, or chaste: and hence, usual, or common: see أَعْلَى.]

A2: See also عَائِلٌ, in art. عول.

عَالِيَةٌ [a subst. from عَالٍ, rendered such by the affix ة]: see عُلْوٌ. b2: Also [particularly] The upper portion of the spear-shaft; (K, TA;) سَافِلَةٌ signifying the “ lower portion ” thereof: (TA:) or the head (رأس) thereof: or the half that is next to the iron head: (K, TA:) or the part, of the spear, that is below the iron head: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the portion, of the spear, that enters the iron head, extending to the third part thereof [i. e. of the shaft; so that it signifies the uppermost of the three equal portions of the shaft]: (S, TA:) pl. عَوَالٍ, which some explain as meaning the iron heads of spears. (TA. [See an ex. of the pl. in a verse cited voce زُجٌّ.]) Also A straight spear-shaft. (TA.) b3: And The [upper] part, of a valley, whence the water thereof descends. (TA.) b4: العَالِيَةُ, also, is The region above Nejd, extending to the land of Tihámeh, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) and to the part behind Mekkeh, (S, K,) i. e. [to] El-Hijáz and what is next to it: (S:) and it is said that the عَالِيَة of El-Hijáz is the higher and more elevated part thereof, forming a wide extent of country. (TA.) And [its pl.] العَوَالِى, (K, TA,) as also العَالِيَةُ, (TA,) is applied to Certain towns, or villages, in the exterior of El-Medeeneh, (K, TA,) the nearest four miles distant from it, and the most distant, in the direction of Nejd, eight. (TA.) عَالِىٌّ Of, or relating to, the region called العَالِيَة; (S, K;) and so ↓ عُلْوِىٌّ, (S, Msb, K,) with damm, (Msb, K,) which is anomalous. (S, Msb, K.) أَعْلَى Higher, and highest; contr. of أَسْفَلُ: (M and Msb and K in art. سفل:) the fem. is عُلْيَا; (TA;) which is like دُنْيَا and قُصْيَا, with و changed into ى; (ISd, TA voce بُقْوَى;) and of which the pl. is عُلًى, like as كُبَرٌ is of كُبْرَى. (Msb, TA.) See عَلِىٌّ. b2: One says شَفَةٌ عُلْيَا and ↓ عَلْيَآءُ, but the former is the more usual, meaning An upper lip. (IAmb, Msb, TA.) b3: عُلْيَا مُضَرَ means The higher [app. in respect of territory (see a note in p. xi. of the preface to this work)] of Mudar; (K, TA;) said to denote Kureysh and Keys; the rest being called سُفْلَى مُضَرَ. (TA.) b4: And one says, جَآءَ مِنْ أَعْلَى وَأرْوَحَ, meaning It came from the sky and the place whence the wind blows. (TA.) b5: أَعْلَى applied to a word, or form of word, means (assumed tropical:) [Of higher authority, more approved, or more chaste; and also, hence, as frequency of usage is a necessary condition of فَصَاحَةٌ, q. v.,] more usual or common. (M and TA in art. قر.) b6: One says also, هُمْ بِهِمْ أَعْلَى

عَيْنًا i. e. (assumed tropical:) They are most knowing respecting them, and most acquainted with their state, or condition. (TA.) b7: And هُوَ أَعْلَى بِكُمْ عَيْنًا i. e. (assumed tropical:) He is in the highest degree a magnifier, or honourer, of you; ye being greatly esteemed by him. (TA.) b8: اليَدُ العُلْيَا (assumed tropical:) The abstinent, or chaste, hand: or the expending, or disbursing, hand. (TA.) A2: أَعْلَى

formed by transposition from أَعُوَلُ: see the latter, in art. عول.

مَعْلَاةٌ: see عَلَآءٌ.

المُعَلَّى The seventh of the arrows of the game called المَيْسِر; (As, A'Obeyd, S, M, Mgh, K;) the most excellent of them; it has seven notches; and it obtains seven shares [of the slaughtered camel] when it wins, and occasions the imposition of seven fines when it does not win. (M, TA.) [See an ex. in a verse cited voce رَقِيبٌ.]

المُعَلِّى: see 2. b2: Also He who comes to the milch beast [meaning the she-camel, when she is to be milked,] from the direction of her left side: (S, K:) or the she-camel has two milkers; one of them holds the milking-vessel on the right side, and the other milks on the left side; and the milker [thus standing on the left side] is called المُعْلِّى and ↓ المُسْتَعْلِى; and the holder, البَائِنُ: thus in the M: or ↓ المُسْتَعْلِى is he who stands on the left side of the milch beast: or he who takes the milking-vessel with his left hand and milks with his right hand: or he who milks from the left side. (TA.) أَرْضٌ مُعْلَوْلِيَةٌ: see مُغْلَوْلِيَةٌ, in art. غلو.

أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ مُعَالٍ: see أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ.

مُعْتَلٍ (assumed tropical:) Having ability, or power; as also ↓ مُسْتَعْلٍ. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] المُعْتَلِى signifies (assumed tropical:) The lion; (K, TA;) because of his strength. (TA.) b3: See also عَلِىٌّ, last quarter.

A2: هُوَ غَيْرُ مُعْتَلٍ فِى الأَمْرِ means He is not one who falls short, or falls short of doing what is requisite, or who is remiss, in the affair; like غَيْرُ مُؤْتَلٍ. (TA.) المُتَعَالِى, as a name of God, He who is great, or supremely great, above the lie [or lying imputation] of the forgers of falsehood: or the High: and the Most high; who is higher than every [other] high one: (TA:) or He who has ascendency over everything by his power: or He who is great, and exalted, or supremely exalted, above [the ascription of] the attributes of the created beings. (Ksh, Bd.) مُسْتَعْلًى The near, i. e. left, side of a she-camel: you say, أَتَيْتُ النَّاقَةَ مِنع قِبَلِ مُسْتَعْلَاهَا i. e. مِنْ قِبَلِ إِنْسِيِّهَا [I came to the she-camel from the direction of her near, or left, side]. (TA.) مُسْتَعْلٍ: see مُعْتَلٍ; and عَلِىٌّ, last quarter: b2: and see also المُعَلِّى, in two places. b3: اليَدُ المُسْتَعْلِيَةُ means (assumed tropical:) The hand of him who takes by force, and of the plunderer, and the like: opposed to اليَدُ المُسْتَخْفِيَةُ: the Sunneh ordains that the latter shall be cut off [except in certain cases] but not the former. (TA in art. خقى.) b4: الحُرُوفُ المُسْتَعْلِيَةُ [The high, or elevated, letters] are خ, ص, ض, ط, ظ, غ, and ق; (K, TA;) in which is a rising [of the tongue] to the palate; with إِطْبَاق [of the tongue (see 4 in art. طبق)] except in خ and غ and ق: opposed to المُنْخَفِضَةُ. (TA.)

خلو

1 خَلَا, (S, Msb, K,) aor. ـْ (S, Msb,) inf. n. خُلُوٌّ, (S, Msb, K,) or خَلَآءٌ, (Msb,) or both, (K,) said of a place, (K,) of a place of alighting or abode, (Msb,) and of a thing, (S, TA,) It was, or became, empty, vacant, void, devoid, destitute, or unoccupied; (K, TA;) had none, and nothing, in it; (TA;) as also ↓ اخلى, (Msb, K,) and ↓ استخلى, (K.) [خَلَا المَكَانُ مِنَ النَّاسُ وَ المَآءِ وَالكَلَأ means The place was, or became, devoid, or destitute, of human beings and water and herbage or pasturage; without human beings &c.] Of a place of alighting or abode, you say, خَلَا مِنْ أَهْلِهِ and ↓ اخلى [It was, or became, devoid, or destitute, of its occupants]. (Msb.) And of a vessel, خَلَا مِمَّا فِيهِ It was, or became, empty of what was in it. (Mgh.) And خَلَوْتُ عَنِ الطَّعَامِ (S) I became empty, in the belly, of food; (PS;) and عَنْهُ ↓ أَخْلَيْتُ signifies the same. (S.) And خَلَا مِن العَيْبِ, (Msb,) or عَنِ الأَمْرِ, and مِنْهُ, (Kudot;,) inf. n. خُلُوٌّ, He was, or became, free (Msb, K) from fault, (Msb,) or from the thing, or affair: (K:) and, accord. to IAar, خلا alone signifies he was, or became, free from a fault, or the like, of which he was accused, or suspected. (TA.) And خَلَتْ عَنْ مَانِعِ النِّكَاحِ, inf. n. خُلُوٌّ, is said of a woman [as meaning She was, or became, free from any obstacle to marriage]. (Msb.) Accord. to the K, خَلَا مَكَانُهُ [lit. His place became vacant] means (tropical:) he died: but accord. to IAar, خَلَا alone has this signification [from the same verb signifying مَضَى. explained below]: and if you add مكانه, you say خَلَّى, with teshdeed; which see below. (TA.) You say also, خَلَا لَكَ الشَّىْءُ and ↓ اخلى, both signifying the same, (AA, S, TA,) i. q. فَرَغَ [i. e. The thing was, or became, vacant, or unoccupied, for thee: (see an ex. of the former verb in a saying of Tarafeh cited voce جَوٌّ:) and hence, the thing was, or became, exclusively for thee]. (TA.) AA cites as an ex. the saying of Maan Ibn-Ows, أَعَاذِلُ هَلْ يَأْتِى القَبَائِلَ حَظُّهَا لَنا المَوْتُ وَحْدَنَا ↓ مِنَ المَوْتِ أَمْ أَخْلَى

[O censurer, does their share of death come to the tribes in common, or is death exclusively for us alone?]. (S, TA.) See also the paragraph, below, commencing with خَلَا as a word denoting exception. b2: [Hence,] خَلَا and ↓ اخلى, (S, K,) said of a man, (TA,) or the same two verbs followed by بِنَفْسِهِ, said of a man, (Msb,) both signify the same; (S;) He was, or became, [without any companion, i. e.] alone, by himself; (Msb;) or he became (وَقَعَ [q. v.]) in a vacant place, in which he was not pressed against, or straitened. (K.) And خَلَا بِهِ, (S, Msb, K,) and إِلَيْهِ, (S, K,) and مَعَهُ, (K,) inf. n. خَلْوَةٌ (S, Msb, K) and خَلَآءٌ (S, K) and خَلْوٌ, (K, TA,) or خُلُوٌّ, (CK,) or the first of these, i. e. خَلْوَةٌ, is a simple subst., and the second and third are the inf. ns.; (TA;) and به ↓ اخلى, (Lh, K,) and ↓ اخلاهُ, (S, K,) and بِهِ ↓ استخلى; (K; [the last omitted in the CK;]) He was, or became, alone with him; (Msb;) he was, or became, in company with him, or he met him, or had a meeting or an interview with him, in a vacant place, or a place unoccupied [by others, i. e., in a private place]. (S, K.) In the saying in the Kur [ii. 13], وَإِذَا خَلَوْا إِلَى

شَيَاطِينِهِمْ, it is said that إِلَى is used in the sense of مَعَ, [so that the meaning is And when they are alone with their devils,] as in that other saying in the Kur [iii. 45 and lxi. 14], مَنْ أَنْصَارِى إِلَى اللّٰهُ. (S.) A man says to another man, اُخْلُ مَعِى حَتَّى

أُكَلِّمَكَ, i. e. Be [or come] thou alone with me [that I may speak to thee in private]. (TA.) And one says, خَلَا بِزَوْجَتِهِ, inf. n. خَلْوَةٌ, [but see what is said of this noun above,] He was, or became, alone with his wife: but [properly speaking, according to the law,] the term خَلْوَةٌ [or خَلْوَةٌ صَحِيحَةٌ, in this case,] is not used unless it be with the enjoyment of المُفَاخَذَة, [see 3 in art. فخذ,] and then it has an effect upon the circumstances of the marriage [by its rendering obligatory the payment of the dowry, though consummation has not taken place]: if with consummation, the act is termed دُخُولٌ. (Msb.) You say also, ↓ أَخْلِ

أَمْرَكَ and بِأَمْرِكَ Be thou alone in thine affair, with none to take part with thee in it; confine thyself to it exclusively of other things. (TA. [See also 5.]) And إِلَيْكَ ↓ أَخْلِ Keep thou to thine affair, and be alone in it, with none to take part with thee therein. (JK.) And البُكَآءُ ↓ استخلى

[app. for بِالبُكَآءِ] He was, or became, alone in weeping, with none to participate with him in it. (TA.) [And خَلَا لِلْأَمْرِ: see 5.] And خَلَاعَلَى

بَعْضِ الطَّعَامِ He restricted himself to a portion of the food. (K.) Temeem say, خَلَا فُلَانٌ عَلَى

اللَّبَنِ وَ اللَّحْمِ (JK, * TA) i. e. Such a one fed upon milk and flesh-meat alone; (JK;) or such a one ate not, nor mixed, anything with milk and flesh-meat: and Kináneh and Keys say ↓ أَخْلَى. (Lh, JK, * TA.) [And it seems to be indicated in the T that خَلَوْا signifies They selected a she-camel for a خَلِيَّة, q. v.: or i. q. تَخَلَّوْا بِخَلَيِّةٍ: see 5.] b3: خَلَا also ssignifies He devoted himself to religious services or exercises [app. in solitude, or seclusion, or in a خَلْوَة; or because one generally does so in solitude; or because the doing so involves abstraction from other affairs]. (TA. [See also 5; and see مُسْتَخْلٍ.]) b4: And خَلَا بِهِ [sometimes] signifies (tropical:) He mocked at, scoffed at, laughed at, derided, or ridiculed, him: (Lh, S, Z, K, TA:) said by Az to be strange, and not known by him or any other authority than that of Lh: (TA:) from the saying, خَلَا فُلَانٌ بِعِرْضِ فُلَانٍ يَعْبَثُ بِهِ [Such a one occupied himself alone with the honour, or reputation, of such a one, making sport with it]. (Ksh in ii. 13.) and i. q. خَادَعَهُ (tropical:) [He deceived, deluded, beguiled, circumvented, or outwitted, him; &c.: or he strove to do so]: (TA:) as also ↓ خالاهُ, (JK, and K in art. خلى,) inf. n. مُخَالَاةٌ. (JK.) b5: and خَلَا عَلَيْهِ He relied upon him; [as though he betook himself to him alone;] syn. اِعْتَمَدَ. (TA.) b6: And خَلَا, (JK, K,) inf. n. خُلُوٌّ, (TA,) or خَلَآءٌ, (JK,) said of a man (JK) and of a thing, (JK, TA,) He, or it, went, went away, or passed away. (JK, K.) Hence, (TA,) وَ إِنْ مِنْ أُمَّةٍإِلَّا خَلَا فِيهَا نَذِيرٌ, in the Kur [xxxv. 22], means [And there is not any people but a warner] hath gone, and hath been sent, among them. (S, TA.) [Hence also خَلَا explained above as meaning He died.] And خَلَا مِنْهَا [an elliptical phrase] She became old; the greater part of her life passed. (TA from a trad.) And خَلَاكَ ذَمٌّ [for خَلَا عَنْكَ ذَمٌّ] Blame passed away from thee; or may blame pass away from thee. (Ksh and Bd in ii. 13.) You say, اِفْعَلْ كَذَا وَ خَلَاكَ ذَمٌّ Do thou such a thing, and thou wilt have an excuse; [i. e.] blame will fall from thee. (S. [See art. ذم.]) and خَلَاهُ الحُزْنُ Grief passed away from him, and quitted him. (Har p. 590, from the Tekmileh.) b7: خَلَا عَنِ الشَّىْءِ: see 2.

A2: خَلَا [or خَلَى, probably belonging to art. خلى, though mentioned in the present art.,] He ate what was good, sweet, or pleasant. (TA.) 2 خَلَّى, inf. n. تَخْلِيَةٌ, [He left a place, &c., empty, vacant, void, devoid, destitute, or unoccupied.] Hence, خلّى مَكَانَهُ [He left his place vacant;] meaning (tropical:) he died: (TA, and so in Ham p. 478:) a meaning assigned in the K to ↓ خَلَا مَكَانُهُ, and by IAar to خَلَا alone, without tesh-deed; but when مكانه is added, it is with teshdeed. (TA.) And (assumed tropical:) He went his way. (Ham p. 379.) And خلّى سَبِيلَهُ [He left his way free, or open, to him]. (S, TA.) And خلّى بَيْنَهُمَا [He left the way, or space, free between them two; meaning he left them two free, each to do to the other as he pleased]. (TA.) [And خلّى بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ كَذَا He left him free access to such a thing.] and خلّى بَيْنَهُ وَ بَيْنَ نَفْسِهِ He left him, or it, alone; syn. أَهْمَلَهُ. (S and O and K in art. همل.) [and خلّاهُ وَفُلَانًا He left him to do as he pleased with such a one.] And خلّى الأَمْرَ He left, left alone, or let alone, the thing, or affair; as also ↓ تخلّى

مِنْهُ and عَنْهُ; and ↓ خالاهُ, (K, TA,) inf. n. خِلَآءٌ. (TA.) For تَخْلِيَةٌ signifies The leaving, and making a thing to be alone. (Har p. 123.) [خلّاهُ and خلّى عَنْهُ both signify He left, or left alone, it, or him.] It is said in a trad., خلّى عَنْهُمْ أَرْبَعِينَ عَامًا He (God) left them, or left them alone, and turned from them, forty years. (TA.) [And خلّاهُ لِكَذَا He made him, or left him, vacant, unoccupied, unemployed, or at leisure, for such a thing.] b2: تَخْلِيَةٌ also signifies The act of loosing; contr. of شَدٌّ. (IAar, K in art. ابض.) [Hence,] خلّى عَنِ الشَّىْءِ, (JK, S, * TA,) in the K ↓ خَلَا, without teshdeed, but this requires consideration, (TA,) He dismissed, loosed, let loose, or let go, the thing. (JK, K, TA.) b3: [and hence خلّاهُ meaning He left it, permitted it, or allowed it: see the pass. part. n., below.]

A2: خُلِّيَتْ, said of a she-camel such as is termed خَلِيَّة; and hence, of a cooking-pot: see 1 in art. خلى.3 خالاهُ He left, forsook, relinquished, abandoned, deserted, or quitted, him, being left, &c., by him; namely, another man; syn. تَارَكَهُ; (S;) inf. n. مُخَالَاةٌ, syn. with مُوَادَعَةٌ, (JK,) [and خِلَآءٌ also: and he was, or became, distant, remote, far off, aloof, or apart, from him; for]

خِلَآءٌ is syn. with مُبَاعَدَةٌ and مُجَانَبَةٌ (TA in art. خلأ) and فُرْقَةٌ. (TA in the present art.) and خالى الأَمْرَ, inf. n. خِلَآءٌ: see 2. b2: [Also He went, or came, out, or forth, to him, in the field; for] مُخَالَاةٌ is also syn. with مُبَارَزَةٌ. (Sh, TA.) b3: Also, (Lth, JK, K,) inf. n. مُخَالَاةٌ, (Lth, JK,) He wrestled with him, each endeavouring to throw down the other; contended with him in wrestling: (Lth, JK, K: mentioned in the K in art. خلى:) because, when one does so, he is alone with the other, so that neither of them seeks aid from any other. (Az, TA.) And in like manner the word مُخَالَاةٌ is used [app. as meaning The act of contending with another, by oneself,] in relation to any affair, or case. (Lth, JK, TA. [See its act. part. n., below.]) b4: See also 1, in the latter part of the paragraph.4 أَخْلَوَ see 1, in eleven places.

A2: اخلى المَكَانَ, (S, K,) or المَنْزِلَ, (Msb,) He made the place, (K,) or the place of alighting or abode, (Msb,) empty, vacant, void, devoid, destitute, or unoccupied: (Msb, K:) or it signifies, (S, K,) or signifies also, (Msb,) he found it empty, &c. (S, Msb, K.) One says in praying for another that he may have a long life, لَا أَخْلَى اللّٰهُ مَكَانَكَ [May God not make thy place vacant]. (TA.) b2: اخلاهُ مَعَهُ [He made him, or found him, to be alone with him]. (K.) 5 تخلّى He went forth into the field, or open country, to satisfy a want of nature. (TA.) And تخلّى فِى الخَلَآءِ He went forth into the vacant tract, or into the privy, to satisfy a want of nature: or he satisfied a want of nature therein. (TA.) b2: Also He was, or became, or made himself, vacant from occupation, or business; [unoccupied; unemployed; or at leisure;] syn. تَفَرَّغَ: (S:) or so تخلّى مِنَ الشُّغْلِ. (K in art. فرغ.) You say, تخلّى لِلْعِبَادَةِ He was, or became, or made himself, vacant for, or he confined himself exclusively to, the service of God. (TA.) [See also 1, in the latter part of the paragraph. In like manner, one says also, لِلْأَمْرِ ↓ خَلَا He was, or became, or made himself, vacant for, or he confined himself exclusively to, the affair.] And تَخَلَّوْا بِخَلِيَّةٍ (S, K, TA) They confined themselves exclusively to a she-camel, or to she-camels, such as they termed خلية, (K, TA,) يَحْلُبُونَهَا [milking only her, or them]. (S, TA.) And تخلّى خَلِيَّةً He took for himself a خليّة. (TA.) b3: And تخلّى مِنَ الأَمْرِ and عَنْهُ: see 2. b4: And تَخَلَّتِ الإِبِلُ بِلَا رَاعٍ [The camels were left to themselves without a pastor]. (K in art. سوع.) 10 إِسْتَخْلَوَ see 1, in three places. [And see also مُسْتَخْلٍ.]

A2: استخلاهُ مَجْلِسَهُ He asked him to leave his sitting-place vacant, or unoccupied, for him. (S. [But found by me in only one copy of that work.]) b2: استخلى المَلِكَ He asked the king to have a meeting, or an interview, with him in a vacant place, or a place unoccupied [by others, i. e., in a private place; he asked the king to grant him a private meeting or interview]. (K.) خَلَا as a word denoting exception, (S, Mughnee, K,) when it governs a gen. case, (S, Mughnee,) as when you say, جَاؤُونِى خَلَا زَيْدٍ [They came to me, except Zeyd], is a particle, (S, Mughnee, K,) accord. to some of the grammarians, like حَاشَى; but accord. to some, a prefixed inf. n. (S.) ↓ It. also governs an accus. case, as a verb: (S, Mughnee:) so that you say, جَاؤُونِى خَلَا زَيْدًا [meaning as above]; the agent of خلا being implied, (S, Mughnee, *) like that of حَاشَى [used as a verb]: it is as though you said, خَلَا مَنْ جَآءَنِى مِنْ زَيْدٍ

[i. e. those who came to me were without Zeyd]: (S:) or correctly, accord. to IB, خَلَا بَعْضُهُمْ زَيْدًا [for مِنْ زَيْدٍ, like as you say, خَلَاكَ ذَمٌّ, for خَلَا عَنْكَ ذَمٌّ]. (TA.) When you say مَا خَلَا, it is followed only by an accus., because ما خلا is equivalent to an inf. n.; (S, Mughnee;) so that when you say, جَاؤُونِى مَا خَلَا زَيْدًا [meaning as above], it is as if you said, جَاؤُونِى خُلُوَّ زَيْدٍ [or خُلُوًّا زَيْدًا], i. e. خُلُوَّهُمْ مِنْ زَيْدٍ, (S,) which two phrases mean جَاؤُونِى خَالِينَ مِنْ زَيْدٍ [They came to me, they being without Zeyd]: (S, K:) [for] accord. to Seer, ماخلا occupies the place of a noun in the accus. as a denotative of state: but some say, as an adv. n. of time; so that, accord. to these, مَا خَلَا زَيْدًا means وَقْتَ خُلُوِّهِمْ عَنْ زَيْدٍ [in the time of their being without Zeyd]. (Mughnee.) You say also, مَا أَرَدْتُ مَسَآءَتَكَ خَلَا أَنِّى وَعَظْتُكَ, meaning [I desired not to displease thee,] but I admonished thee (إِلَّا أَنِّى وَعَظْتُكَ). (JK, TA.) خِلْوٌ, and its fem. (with ة), and dual: see خَالٍ, in seven places.

خَلْوَةٌ said by some to be an inf. n.: [see خَلَا بِهِ

&c. in the first paragraph of this art.:] by others said to be a simple subst.; (TA;) meaning Loneliness; solitude; lonesomeness; solitariness; desolateness; syn. وَحْشَةٌ. (S and K in art. وحش.) [Hence, app.,] رَجُلٌ سَهْلُ الخَلْوَةِ [A man easy in private conference]. (Msb in art. سلس. [See also a phrase in the latter part of the next paragraph.]) b2: Also An empty, a vacant, a void, or an unoccupied, place. (KL. [See also خَلَآءٌ.]) [In the present day, it is often applied to A closet to which one retires for privacy; and particularly to a cell for religious retirement: and is vulgarly pronounced خِلْوَة.] You say, اِجْتَمَعَ مَعَهُ فِى خَلْوَةٍ (S) or اجتمع بِهِ فى خلوة (K) [He had a meeting, or an interview, with him in a vacant place, or a place unoccupied by others, i. e., in a private place].

A2: Also Each of the two sharp sides or edges of an arrow-head (AHn, JK, TA) or of a spear-head: (AHn, TA:) both together are called the خَلْوَتَانِ: (AHn, JK, TA.) خَلَآءٌ is primarily an inf. n. (MF, TA. [See 1, first sentence.]) b2: [Then it is used as an epithet, syn. with خَالٍ:] see خَالٍ, in five places. b3: Then it is used [as a subst.] in the sense of A vacant place [in a general sense]: (MF, TA:) or a place in which is nothing: (S, K:) [often applied in the present day to any open tract of country or desert:] and then, particularly, such as one takes for the purpose of satisfying a want of nature; (MF, TA;) i. q. مُتَوَضَّأٌ, (S, Msb, K,) but not as meaning only a place for the performance of الوُضُوء, as might be imagined from this explanation: pl. أَخْلِيَةٌ. (MF, TA.) It is said in a prov., (S, Meyd,) خَلَاؤُكَ أَقْنَى لِحَيَائِكَ, (S, Meyd, K,) [in Freytag's Arab. Prov., (i. 436,) بِحَيَآيِكَ,] i. e. [Thy place of retirement is] most preservative (أَلْزَمُ) [of thy sense of shame, or modesty]; meaning it is most fit for thee to be alone in thine abode; (S, * Meyd;) for he who is so needs not to be careful for his shame, or modesty: it is used in blaming the mixing with others. (Meyd.) حُصِرَ عَلَيْهِ خَلَاؤُهُ [His place of retirement for satisfying a want of nature was straitened to him] is used as meaning he suffered suppression of the feces, or constipation of the bowels. (Ibn-Buzurj, TA in art. حصر.) A2: إِنَّهُ لَحْلُو الخَلَآءِ, (TA,) or [as written in a verse in which it occurs in the TA in the present art., and in art. خلى,] الخَلَا, (JK, TA,) [without ء, but whether this be the right reading, or only required by poetic license, seems to be doubtful,] is a phrase mentioned by Th, (TA,) meaning Verily he is good in speech. (JK, TA. [If the former reading be right, the meaning may be similar to that of سَهْلُ الخَلْوَةِ, mentioned above: if the latter only, or rather انّه لحلو الخَلَى, be right, it probably belongs to art. خلىٍ, and is tropical, from the herbage termed خَلى; and this may also be the case if the former reading be right.]) خَلِىٌّ; and its fem. خَلِيَّةٌ: see خَالٍ, in twelve places. b2: The fem. also signifies, applied to a she-camel, (S, Msb,) Loosed from the cord, or rope, with which her fore shank and her arm have been bound together, (S, Msb, K,) and left alone, or free, (S,) so that she pastures where she will. (Msb.) Hence, (Msb,) it is used by way of metonymy as meaning Divorced: (Lh, S, Msb, K:) one says to a woman, أَنْتِ خَلِيَّةٌ Thou art divorced; (Lh, S;) and thus a man used to say in the Time of Ignorance: (TA:) and one says, هِىَ خَلِيَّةٌ She is divorced: (Msb:) and a woman is divorced thereby when divorce is meant. (Lh, TA.) Applied to a woman, it signifies also Free from any obstacle to marriage: pl. خَلِيَّاتٌ. (Msb.) b3: Also A she-camel that is made to affect, with another she-camel, one young one, so that both yield their milk to it, and to which the people of a tent, or house, confine themselves exclusively of the other for the purpose of milking her: (S:) or a she-camel that is chosen as the one more abundant in milk, when one has brought forth and her young one is drawn away (يُجَرُّ) as soon as born, before she smells it, and the young one of another, that has brought forth before her, is brought near to her, and she affects it; the other is left to suckle the young one, and is termed بَسُوطٌ, pl. بسط [app. بُسْطٌ or بُسُطٌ]: (Az, TA:) or a she-camel that is left, or left alone, to be milked: (K:) or that affects a young one [not her own], or is destitute of her young one, (JK, M, K,) whether she incline to another's young one or do not, or that is destitute of her young one by death or slaughter, (M, TA,) and whose milk one causes to flow by means of the young one of another; but only by her affecting a young one, and not suckling it: (M, K: *) or that brings forth, when abundant in milk, and has her young one drawn (يُجَرُّ) from beneath her, and another put beneath her, and is then left, or left alone, to be milked; (Lh, K;) this being done because of her generous quality: (Lh:) or a she-camel, or two she-camels, to which the people of a tent, or house, confine themselves exclusively, for milking, when two or three she-camels are made to affect one young one, and to yield their milk to it; the young one [afterwards] sucking from one of them only: (K, * TA:) or a she-camel that brings forth, and whose young one is drawn away (يُجَرُّ) in order that her milk may continue for their use, she being made to yield her milk by means of the young one of another, which is then withdrawn from her, and she is milked: sometimes, also, they bring together three and four خَلَايَا [pl. of خَلِيَّةٌ] to one young camel: and the doing so is termed تَلَسُّنٌ: (IAar, TA:) in this case they take as a خليّة whichever of them they will. (ISh, TA.) [Applied to a she-camel in any of these senses, it seems to be an epithet in which the quality of a subst. is predominant; i. e., used without its having نَاقَةٌ prefixed to it.]

A2: See also the paragraph next following, in two places.

خَلِيَّةٌ [as fem. of the epithet خَلِىٌّ: see the next preceding paragraph, and the places there referred to in its first sentence.

A2: As a subst. it signifies] A great ship: (T, S, K:) or a ship that goes of itself, without its being made to do so by the sailor: (JK, K:) or one that is followed by a small boat: (K:) the first held by Az to be the right meaning: (TA:) pl. خَلَايَا. (JK, S.) b2: Also, (S, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.,) and ↓ خَلِىٌّ, (JK, Msb, K,) The habitation (بَيْت) of bees, [whether it be a manufactured hive or a hollow in the trunk of a tree or in a rock,] in which they deposit their honey; (S;) the place in which bees deposit their honey: (Mgh:) or the thing in which bees deposit their honey, (K, TA,) not manufactured for them: (TA:) or a thing like the [kind of jar called] رَاقُود, of clay, (K, TA,) made for bees: (TA:) or a certain thing for bees, well known, of clay or of wood: (Msb:) or, accord. to Lth, if made of clay, it is called كوارة, (Msb, TA,) i. e. [كُوَارَةٌ and كُوَّارَةٌ and كِوَارَةٌ] with kesr: (Msb:) or a piece of wood hollowed out for honey to be deposited therein [by bees]: or the lower part of a tree that is called خَزَمَةٌ, [n. un. of خَزَمٌ, q. v., hollowed out for that purpose,] resembling the [kind of jar called] رَاقُود: (K:) or ↓ خَلِىٌّ signifies the part of the كُوَّارَة which is the place of the honey: (JK:) pl. as above. (Msb, TA.) خَلَاوَةُ: see the next paragraph.

خَالٍ Empty, vacant, void, devoid, destitute, or unoccupied; (Mgh, TA;) having none, and nothing, in it: (TA:) applied to a place, (Msb, TA,) as also ↓ خَلِىٌّ (TA) and ↓ مُخْلٍ; (Msb;) and to a thing, as also ↓ خَلِىٌّ; (TA;) or a vessel. (Mgh.) You say also ↓ مَكَانٌ خَلَآءٌ, [as well as خَلَآءٌ alone,] meaning A place in which is none (K, TA) and nothing. (TA.) And وَجَدْتُ

↓ الدَّارَ مُخْلِيَةً, meaning خَالِيَةً [i. e. I found the house empty, &c.]. (TA.) b2: Vacant, or free; from a thing or an affair; or devoid, or destitute, of a thing; (TA;) and so ↓ خَلِىٌّ and ↓ خِلْوٌ; which last is the same as masc. and fem., though it has خِلْوَةٌ also for fem., and أَخْلَآءٌ for pl.; (K;) but properly, accord. to Lh, it has no dual form, nor pl., nor fem., though some give it such forms: (TA:) or ↓ خَلِىٌّ, which has a dual, [i. e.

خَلِيَّانِ,] and pl., (S, Msb,) i. e. خَلِيُّونَ and أَخْلِيَآءُ, (K,) signifies free [from a thing]; or clear or quit [of a thing or person]; as also ↓ خَلَآءُ, (S, Msb,) which, being [originally] an inf. n., has no dual nor pl. [nor fem.]; (S;) and ↓ خِلْوٌ. (Msb.) You say, مِنْ هٰذَا ↓ أَنْتَ خَلِىٌّ الأَمْرِ and خَالٍ, i. e. Thou art free from this thing, or affair. (TA.) And مِنَ الهَمِّ ↓ أَنَا خَلِىٌّ, meaning خَالٍ [i. e. I am free from anxiety]. (Mgh.) And مِنْ كَذَا ↓ أَنَا خِلْوٌ, meaning خَالٍ

[i. e. I am free from such a thing]: (S:) and هُمَا خِلْوٌ, and هُمْ خِلْوٌ; and some say, هُمَا خِلْوَانِ, and هُمْ أَخْلَآءٌ, which is not proper. (T, TA.) and مِنْ مُصِيبَتِى ↓ أَنْتَ خِلْوٌ Thou art free in mind from my affliction, or misfortune. (TA from a trad.) And مِنْكَ ↓ أَنَا خَلِىٌّ I am clear, or quit, of thee. (S.) And ↓ أَنَا مِنْكَ خَلَآءٌ signifies the same. (S.) And ↓ نَحْنُ مِنْكَ الخَلَآءُ and البَرَآءُ [q. v.] We are clear, or quit, of you. (Fr, T in art. برأ.) And مِنْ هٰذَا الأَمْرِ ↓ أَنْتَ خَلَآءٌ Thou art clear, or quit, of this affair. (TA.) and ↓ أَنَا مِنْ هٰذَا الأَمْرِ كَفَالِجِ بْنِ خَلَاوَةَ [lit. I am, with respect to this affair, like Fálij Ibn-Kha- láweh], (S,) or فَالِجُ بْنُ خَلَاوَةَ, (so in the JK and K in this art., and in the S and K in art. فلج,) meaning بَرِىْءٌ [i. e. I am clear, or quit, of this affair]: (JK, S, K:) a saying originating from its being asked of Fálij Ibn-Khaláweh, on the day of Er-Rakam, when Uneys killed the captives, “Dost thou,” or “ wilt thou,” “ aid Uneys? ” and his answering, “I am clear,” or “ quit,” “ of him. ” (S and K in art. فلج.) And ↓ خَلِىٌّ [alone] signifies خَالٍ مِنَ الهَمِّ [Free from anxiety]; contr. of شَجِىٌّ. (S.) It is said in a prov., وَيْلٌ

↓ لِلشَّجِىِّ مِنَ الخَلِىِّ, i. e. Woe to him who is occupied by anxiety from him who is free therefrom: (TA:) and in another, مَا يَلْقَى الشَّجِىُّ

↓ مِنَ الخَلِىِّ, i. e. What will he who is occupied by anxiety experience from him who is free therefrom? meaning, accord. to AO, that the latter will not aid the former against his anxieties, but will censure him: it is said in the Tekmileh that الخَلِىّ [in these provs.] is from خَلَاهُ الحُزْنُ meaning “ Grief passed away from him,” and “ quitted him. ” (Har p. 590.) And ↓ أَنْتِ خَلِيَّةٌ means خَالِيَةٌ مِنَ الخَيْرِ [i. e. Thou, O woman, art devoid, or destitute, of good]. (Mgh.) b3: Also A man having no wife; (S, K;) [for خَالٍ مِنَ الزَّوَجَاتِ, a phrase occurring in the TA:] and a woman having no husband; (K;) thus without ة: (TA:) pl. أَخْلَآءٌ: (K:) and ↓ خِلْوَةٌ, also, has the latter meaning; dual خِلْوَتَانِ, and pl. خِلْوَاتٌ: and so has ↓ مُخْلِيَةٌ: and ↓ خَلِيَّةٌ means a woman having no husband nor children; pl. خَلِيَّاتٌ. (TA.) b4: [And Alone; as also ↓ مُخْلٍ, and ↓ خِلْوٌ.] It is said in a prov., أَشَدُّ ↓ الذِّئْبُ مُخْلِيًا The wolf when [alone or] in a vacant place [is most courageous, or violent]; (TA;) or خَالِيًا [which means the same]. (JK. [And another reading is أَسَدٌ. See Freytag's Arab. Prov., i. 500.]) And one says, ↓ وَجَدْتُ فُلَانَةَ مُخْلِيَةً, meaning خَالِيَةً [i. e. I found such a woman alone]. (TA.) And ↓ وَجَدَهُمَا خِلْوَيْنِ i. e. خَالِيَيْنِ [He found them two alone]. (K.) b5: [Also Past, or past away: as well as going, going away, or passing away.] القُرُونُ خَالِيَةُ means[The generations] that have passed. (JK, S, TA.) مُخْلٍ, and its fem. مُخْلِيَةٌ: see خَالٍ, in six places.

A2: لَسْتُ لَكَ بِمُخْلِيَةٍ, occurring in a trad., means I did not find thee destitute of wives beside me: it is not from اِمْرَأَةٌ مُخْلِيَةٌ signifying

“ a woman having no husband. ” (TA.) مِخْلَآءٌ A she-camel left alone, away from her young one. (IDrd, JK.) مُخَلًّى pass. part. n. of 2. (S, TA.) b2: Left, permitted, or allowed. (M in art. بسل.) مُخَالٍ [act. part. n. of 3, q. v.]. Accord. to IAar, it signifies Contending with another in war. (TA in art. خلأ.) مُسْتَخْلٍ Devoting himself to religious services or exercises [app. in solitude or seclusion, or in a خَلْوَة; or because one generally does so in solitude; or because the doing so involves abstraction from other affairs: see also 1 and 5]. (TA.)